UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
☒
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018
OR
☐
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 for the transition period
from to
Commission File Number 001-38525
AVALARA, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its Charter)
Washington
( State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
91-1995935
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
255 South King Street, Suite 1800
Seattle, WA 98104
(Address of principal executive offices and zip code)
(206) 826-4900
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
Common Stock, Par Value $0.0001 Per Share
Name of each exchange on which is registered
New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES ☐
NO ☒
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. YES ☐
NO ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was
required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES ☒
NO ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for
such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit such files). YES ☒
NO ☐
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,”
“accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer
Emerging growth company
☐
☒
☒
Accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company
☐
☐
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the
Exchange Act. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). YES ☐
NO ☒
The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, based on the closing price of the shares of common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on June 29, 2018, was $1,760
million.
The number of shares of Registrant’s Common Stock outstanding as of February 22, 2019 was 69,470,575.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement relating to the 2019 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this report. The Definitive Proxy Statement will be filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of the 2018 fiscal year.
PART I
Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.
PART II
Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
PART III
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.
PART IV
Item 15.
Item 16
Table of Contents
Business
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Selected Financial Data
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Financial Statements
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Other Information
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Principal Accounting Fees and Services
Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
Form 10-K Summary
i
Page
2
13
35
35
35
35
36
38
40
69
70
111
111
111
112
112
112
112
112
113
116
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FO RWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements other than
statements of historical facts contained herein, including statements regarding future events or our future results of operations, financial condition, business,
strategies, financial needs, and the plans and objectives of management, are forward-looking statements. In some cases you can identify forward-looking statements
because they contain words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “might,” “likely,” “plan,” “potential,”
“predict,” “project,” “seek,” “should,” “target,” “will,” “would,” or similar expressions and the negatives of those terms. We have based these forward-looking
statements largely on our current plans, expectations, and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our results of operations,
financial condition, business, strategies, financial needs, and the plans and objectives of management. Our actual future results may be materially different from
what we expect. Forward-looking statements are based on information available to our management as of the date of this report and our management’s good faith
belief as of such date with respect to future events and are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties, and assumptions that could cause actual performance or
results to differ materially from those expressed in or suggested by the forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause such differences include, but
are not limited to:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
our ability to sustain our revenue growth rate, to achieve or maintain profitability, and to effectively manage our anticipated growth;
our ability to attract new customers on a cost-effective basis and the extent to which existing customers renew and upgrade their subscriptions;
the timing of our introduction of new solutions or updates to existing solutions;
our ability to successfully diversify our solutions by developing or introducing new solutions or acquiring and integrating additional businesses,
products, services, or content;
our ability to maintain and expand our strategic relationships with third parties;
our ability to deliver our solutions to customers without disruption or delay;
our exposure to liability from errors, delays, fraud, or system failures, which may not be covered by insurance;
our ability to expand our international reach; and
other factors discussed in other sections, including the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations.”
We caution you that the foregoing list of important factors may not contain all of the material factors that are important to you. New risk factors emerge
from time to time, and it is not possible for our management to predict all risk factors nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to
which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in, or implied by, any forward-looking statements.
Further, our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures, or investments we may
make.
In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon
information available to us as of the date of this report, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may
be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available
relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements.
You should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements and you should not rely on forward-looking statements as predictions of future
events. The results, events, and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur, and actual results, events, or
circumstances could differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements made in this report speak only as of
the date of this report. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this report to reflect events or circumstances after the date of
this report or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law. If we update one or more forward-looking statements,
no inference should be drawn that we will make additional updates with respect to those or other forward-looking statements.
1
Item 1. Business.
PART I
Overview
Avalara’s motto is “Tax compliance done right.” The rise of digital commerce and international trade, coupled with constantly shifting taxation and
reporting obligations imposed by the global patchwork of local, regional, state, and national taxing authorities, has created a tremendously complex and onerous
compliance burden for businesses of all sizes. Avalara’s mission is to provide solutions for this challenge, allowing companies to focus on their core operations. We
provide a leading suite of cloud-based solutions designed to improve accuracy and efficiency by automating the processes of determining taxability, identifying
applicable tax rates, determining and collecting taxes, preparing and filing returns, remitting taxes, maintaining tax records, and managing compliance documents.
Our vision is to be part of every transaction in the world.
Thousands of local, regional, state, and national taxing authorities in the United States and internationally impose a variety of transaction taxes that
businesses operating in those jurisdictions collect from customers. Businesses must comply with these transaction tax obligations, which require determination,
collection, and remittance of taxes, as well as maintaining records of registrations, taxes collected, tax e xemption certificates, and other compliance documents.
Transaction tax rules and regulations change frequently and are neither intuitive nor consistent across taxing jurisdictions, of which there are more than 12,000
sales and use tax jurisdictions in the United States alone, creating a massively complex compliance challenge. Determining the tax due on a particular sale depends
not only on the precise geographic location of the transaction within the relevant taxing jurisdictions and the classification of the product or service in one of
thousands of categories, it can also vary because of temporary tax incentives that change the tax rate for specific products, time periods, and transaction thresholds.
Further complications arise from the thousands of rule changes enacted every year as taxing authorities amend their tax rates and taxability rules, modify
jurisdictional boundaries, and implement other regulatory changes.
In addition to being complex, transaction tax determinations often must be performed and communicated to various invoice-generating systems in real
time, at the time of the transaction. Compliance is even more burdensome for businesses required to collect tax on numerous products or services in multiple
jurisdictions, which is increasingly common with the rise of ecommerce, globalization, and omnichannel retailing.
Today, many businesses attempt to handle transaction tax compliance processes manually, often through the use of static tax tables in spreadsheet software
and reliance on internal staff to track relevant transaction tax requirements and changes. Businesses relying on manual processes for transaction tax compliance risk
miscalculations and incorrect collections, which can result in customer dissatisfaction and financial penalties. Many businesses conduct transactions using business
applications such as accounting, enterprise resource planning (ERP), ecommerce, point of sale (POS), recurring billing, and customer relationship management
(CRM) systems. Although these systems may include rudimentary tax calculation capabilities, they are not sufficiently robust or current to provide accurate tax
determinations for many businesses.
The Avalara Compliance Cloud combines an advanced database of broad, deep, and up-to-date tax content with technology for executing compliance
processes, including tax determination, tax document management, and returns preparation and filing. Our platform powers a suite of solutions that enable
businesses to address the complexity of transaction tax compliance, process transactions in real time, produce detailed records of transaction tax determinations,
and reduce errors, audit exposure, and total transaction tax compliance costs. Businesses that use our solutions can allocate fewer personnel to manage transaction
tax compliance and focus their efforts on core business operations.
The Avalara Compliance Cloud is designed to integrate seamlessly with our customers’ business applications and be easy to administer and maintain. As
transactions are executed in our c ustomers’ business applications, the Avalara Compliance Cloud performs a series of operations to deliver tax compliance
functionality in real time. We enable this through our more than 700 pre-built integrations that are designed to link the Avalara Compliance Cloud to business
applications used for accounting, ERP, ecommerce, POS, recurring billing, and CRM systems. These integrations typically require little customer configuration or
ongoing oversight. Our cloud architecture ensures that our tax content updates are immediately and automatically applied to our customers’ transactions. Our
powerful and intuitive web-based console simplifies configuration and unifies administration, reporting, and returns processing across a customer’s multiple
business applications.
2
As a result of our competitive strengths, our platform becomes deeply embedded in our customers’ business processes and systems, providing them with an
automated solution central to their ability to transact. Our strategic position drives long-term customer relationships, as evidenced by our net revenue retention rate,
which was 107% on average for the four quarters ended December 31 , 2018.
Businesses across industries and of all sizes, ranging from small businesses to Fortune 100 companies, use our solutions. Mid-market customers, with 20 to
500 employees, have been and remain our primary target market segment for marketing and selling our solutions. Our diverse customer base included
approximately 9,070 core customers as of December 31, 2018.
A summary of our core customers and net revenue retention rate is as follow:
Dec 31,
2018
Sep 30,
2018
Jun 30,
2018
Mar 31,
2018
Dec 31,
2017
Sep 30,
2017
Jun 30,
2017
Mar 31,
2017
Number of core
customers (as of
end of period)
Net revenue retention
rate
9,070
8,490
8,080
7,760
7,490
7,250
6,970
6,650
108%
105%
108%
109%
105%
107%
106%
109%
For additional information regarding these metrics, see section title “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations—Key Business Metrics.”
In 2018, our core customers represented more than 85% of our total revenue. As the offerings on our platform have expanded, so too has our addressable
customer base. Our number of core customers represents less than half of our total number of customers and does not include a substantial number of customers of
various sizes who do not meet the revenue threshold to be considered a core customer. Many of these customers are in the small business and self-serve segment of
the marketplace, which represents strategic value and a growth opportunity for us. Customers who do not meet the revenue threshold to be considered a core
customer provide us with market share and awareness, and we anticipate that some may grow into core customers. While most of our revenue is currently generated
by customers located in the United States, we support transaction tax compliance in Europe, South America, and Asia, and we are continuing to expand our
international presence.
We sell our solutions primarily on a subscription basis. We target most prospects via cost-effective digital marketing strategies and qualify them using
predictive analytics. The majority of our sales, to new and existing customers, are direct and conducted via telephone, requiring minimal in-person interaction. In
some cases, particularly for customers with larger and more complex needs, we conduct in-person sales. Our sales force also manages a network of business
application providers and other customer referral sources that provide us with qualified leads and, in some cases, purchase functionality from us for use by their
customers. Our small business customers can subscribe to our solutions via an automated, self-service ordering process.
We have acquired and integrated multiple businesses, primarily to augment the tax content of the Avalara Compliance Cloud, serve the needs of businesses
in different geographies or industries, or improve our ability to serve all aspects of transaction tax compliance. Substantial portions of our business, including our
tax return preparation and filing and our compliance document management solutions, are based on acquired content and technology. Since 2014 we have acquired
fuel excise tax, lodging tax, communications tax, portions of European VAT, and Brazilian tax solutions. In 2018, we acquired technology assets to facilitate cross-
border transactions (e.g. tariffs and duties). We intend to continue pursuing opportunities to broaden our suite of solutions and international presence, and
integrating new content and solutions. In January 2019, we acquired the operating assets of Compli, Inc., a provider of compliance services and technology to
producers, distributors, and importers of alcoholic beverages in the United States. In February 2019, we acquired intellectual property and other assets of Indix
Corporation, an artificial intelligence company providing comprehensive product descriptions for more than one billion products sold and shipped worldwide.
Except where specifically indicated below, this Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include the results of Compli or Indix.
We generated revenue of $272.1 million, $213.2 million, and $167.4 million in 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. We had net losses of $75.6 million,
$64.1 million, and $57.9 million in 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively, primarily due to our investments in growth. We operate our business as one operating
segment.
3
Industry and Competition
Transaction taxes are ubiquitous and complex, and compliance is increasingly difficult for businesses of all sizes. Businesses, regardless of size, industry,
or location, are subject to transaction tax compliance requirements. These requirements are burdensome even for a business transacting only in a single location and
become exponentially more complex for companies doing business in multiple taxing jurisdictions and offering numerous products and services that are each taxed
in different ways.
The responsibility for accurately determining and collecting sales tax generally falls on the seller, which must go through a series of steps to determine the
tax due for each transaction. These steps involve complexities that are often prone to error and difficult to manage when conducted manually. Varying dynamics in
local, regional, state, and national legislative processes in the United States and internationally have resulted in a patchwork of transaction tax rules that are not
intuitive, often confusing, and inconsistent across jurisdictions. Further complications arise from the thousands of changes enacted every year as taxing authorities
amend their tax rates and taxability rules, modify taxing jurisdictions, and implement other regulatory changes.
Due to the importance of tax revenue, taxing authorities conduct transaction tax audits to verify accurate and timely collection and payment. These audits
can be time consuming and distracting to a business, and can cost hundreds of thousands, or even millions, of dollars, including internal and external audit
management costs, as well as payment of uncollected taxes, penalties, and interest.
Commerce across multiple jurisdictions increases the burden of transaction tax compliance. Conducting commerce across multiple jurisdictions involves a
complex set of location-by-location, region-by-region, state-by-state, country-by-country, and product-by-product application of tax laws. Ecommerce,
globalization, and omnichannel retailing have facilitated cross-jurisdiction transactions for businesses of all sizes, increasing their transaction tax compliance
burden and risk, and the need for an automated compliance solution.
Many businesses currently attempt to handle transaction tax compliance processes manually, risking miscalculations and incorrect collections, which can
result in customer dissatisfaction and/or financial penalties. Some businesses supplement their internal manual efforts with costly outsourced professional service
firms to perform tax compliance functions. Many businesses conduct transactions using business applications such as accounting, ERP, ecommerce, POS, recurring
billing, and CRM systems. These systems sometimes include rudimentary tax calculation capabilities, but they are usually not sufficiently robust or current to
provide accurate tax determinations. Businesses may also rely on tax-specific software products from providers other than Avalara, but these often offer limited
pre-built integrations with critical business applications, can require ongoing updates, are deployed on-premises, or have a high cost of ownership.
The industry that provides support for transaction tax compliance is highly competitive and fragmented. Businesses employ a mix of approaches to address
transaction tax compliance, including:
•
•
•
people-intensive, do-it-yourself approaches that rely on transaction-specific research, manual determination, static tax tables, spreadsheet software,
or rate calculator services, as well as manual filing and remittance activities;
outsourced transaction tax compliance services offered by accounting and specialized consulting firms; and
tax-specific solutions from other vendors, including CCH Incorporated (a subsidiary of Wolters Kluwer NV), ONESOURCE Indirect Tax (a
division of Thomson Reuters), Sovos, and Vertex, Inc.
We believe customers consider the following factors when selecting a transaction tax compliance solution:
•
•
•
ability to improve overall transaction tax compliance;
ability to deliver real time tax determinations;
ease of deployment and use;
4
•
•
•
•
ease of integration with the customer’s business applications;
ability to address multiple transaction tax compliance functions, from initial taxability and tax rate determination through remittance of funds;
total cost of ownership; and
tax content applicable to the customer’s business.
We believe our cloud-based solutions compare favorably across these factors, but different customers will weigh each of these factors in different ways,
and we may not be competitive for some customers, depending on specific customer needs. For example, our longer established competitors may have better name
recognition or more established relationships. Some customers may have less complex tax determination and compliance needs or require transaction tax types for
which we do not currently have extensive content. We are aware of these competitive factors, and we will continue to consider and develop functionalities, service
offerings, pricing structures, and additional content to further strengthen our competitive position.
The Avalara Compliance Cloud enables customers to address the complexity of transaction tax compliance, process transactions in real time, produce
detailed records of transaction tax determinations, and reduce errors, audit exposure, and total transaction tax compliance costs. Key strengths of our Avalara
Compliance Cloud include:
Avalara Compliance Cloud
•
•
•
•
•
Comprehensive
compliance
with
a
broad
array
of
transaction
tax
obligations
. Our platform powers a suite of compliance solutions for a wide
and growing range of transaction taxes, such as sales and use tax, VAT, fuel excise tax, lodging tax, and communications tax. Our platform
handles transaction tax determination; tax return preparation, filing, and remittance; tax records maintenance; and exemption certificate and other
compliance document storage and management.
Real
time
tax
determination
. As transactions are executed in our customers’ business applications, the Avalara Compliance Cloud performs a
series of functions to deliver tax determinations in real time. Our engine validates physical transaction addresses, uses geolocation technology to
determine applicable tax jurisdictions, checks taxability against our extensive tax rules and regulations database, identifies applicable tax rates, and
identifies applicable tax exemptions and holidays to determine the applicable transaction tax.
Easy
to
implement
. Our cloud-based solutions are designed to be easy to implement and deploy and can often be configured and operational in
a matter of hours. To ease implementation, we have invested in developing and maintaining more than 700 pre-built integrations that are designed
to connect our solutions to a broad range of leading business applications, including accounting, ERP, ecommerce, POS, recurring billing, and
CRM systems. Our integrations enable rapid deployment and are designed to seamlessly embed into our customers’ business applications,
reducing the need for costly custom implementations.
Easy
to
use
. Our cloud-based solutions minimize day-to-day operating and maintenance tasks for our customers because tax determinations
occur in real time within their business applications. Furthermore, our cloud architecture ensures that our tax content updates are immediately and
automatically applied to our customers’ transactions. Our solutions are managed via a powerful and intuitive web-based console that simplifies
configuration and unifies administration, reporting, and returns processing across a customer’s multiple business applications.
Lower
total
cost
of
ownership
. Compared to on-premises products, our comprehensive, integrated suite of automated, cloud-based compliance
solutions require substantially less upfront deployment effort, hardware purchases, and ongoing maintenance and support costs. Our solutions
reduce our customers’ need for manual research and the related higher personnel costs, and eliminate the need for a patchwork of disparate
products and services for separate transaction tax compliance functions.
5
Products and Solutions
We offer a comprehensive suite of solutions for transaction tax compliance. These solutions can be purchased individually or as an integrated transaction
tax compliance solution.
•
•
AvaTax
for
Tax
Determination.
We entered the tax compliance industry in 2004 with AvaTax, a unique and disruptive solution for determining
sales tax in the United States. Since then, we have added determination for multiple additional tax types to effectively address additional industries
and geographies, and we can now determine sales and use tax, VAT, fuel excise tax, lodging tax, and communications tax. With the addition of the
VAT determination capability, we can manage our customers’ transaction tax determination needs both in the United States and internationally. To
further accommodate our customers’ international needs, this solution also includes an add-on option for tariff and duty rate determinations for
cross-border transactions. AvaTax is generally sold on an annual subscription basis. The AvaTax determination solutions can integrate with the
Avalara Returns and Compliance Document Management solutions discussed below for a seamless end-to-end transaction tax compliance
solution.
Avalara
Returns
for
Tax
Return
Preparation,
Filing,
and
Remittance.
In addition to correctly determining the amount of tax, businesses face
the burden of filing jurisdiction-specific tax return forms that detail the transactions, and remitting collected taxes on a timely basis to the
appropriate taxing authorities. Our returns solutions are either integrated and embedded inside AvaTax, offered on a standalone managed basis, or
accessed online via a self-serve web tool. Avalara Returns is generally sold on an annual subscription basis. Customers can also purchase Avalara
Returns on a per filing basis.
Integrated
Solutions.
We offer our tax return preparation, filing, and remittance solutions as an add-on to AvaTax. These combined solutions
automate and streamline the process of transaction tax return preparation, filing, and remittance. These solutions are fully integrated with AvaTax
determination and leverage stored transaction data to populate tax return forms that we provide to the customer to file or that we file on their
behalf. For some of our returns types, we also offer to execute the remittance of tax collections to the taxing authorities.
Standalone
Managed
Solutions.
We also offer our returns preparation, filing, and remittance solutions on a standalone basis for customers who
use other tax decision processes but entrust the return preparation, filing, and remittance process to us. We work with customers to ensure that
determination data is properly formatted and entered into our returns engine, which then populates the appropriate tax return forms. As with our
integrated solution, the tax return forms are either provided to the customer to file or can be filed by us on their behalf. Although we provide this
solution to numerous U.S. customers, it is one of the primary offerings in our European VAT business. While the VAT regime in Europe reduces
the complexity of tax determination, businesses in Europe continue to face significant challenges in registering to collect VAT, preparing returns,
filing returns, and remitting payments because each country has its own specific rules and regulations governing these processes. Our European
returns preparation and filing solution helps customers manage these challenges in an efficient and cost-effective manner.
Self-Serve
Solutions.
We offer two self-serve solutions for customers who have less complex filing requirements. TrustFile is a standalone self-
serve web solution that customers use to populate sales and use tax return forms. Customers upload their tax collection data via a web interface,
which our solution then formats for the appropriate tax returns. We then can either provide the customer with a signature-ready return form or
automatically complete the entire submission and payment process for them. Our MyLodgeTax solution prepares and files returns on a self-serve
basis for our lodging tax customers. MyLodgeTax is a web-based solution into which customers upload transaction data, and that data is then
formatted onto the appropriate tax return forms for filing.
6
•
•
•
Avalara
Compliance
Document
Management.
Businesses of all sizes face myriad requirements for the collection, storage, and management of
numerous official forms, including tax e xemption certificates, W-8 forms, W-9 forms, and licenses and registrations. We provide compliance
document management solutions that are either integrated into AvaTax or that function as a standalone solution. Our most significant compliance
document solu tion offering is CertCapture, which creates, validates, stores, and manages sales tax exemption and reseller certificates. This
solution makes tax documents available for easy retrieval and helps our customers validate them and keep them up to date. Seller s collect tax
exemption certificates (both paper and electronic) to demonstrate that purchasers are exempt from sales tax. Our solution helps our customers limit
audit exposure by establishing an audit trail for tax exempt transactions.
Professional
Services.
A small percentage of our revenue is derived from a broad range of specialized tax compliance services that we deliver
on a standalone basis or in conjunction with the sale or implementation of our automated determination, returns, or document management
solutions. These services include such projects as nexus studies and analysis, voluntary compliance initiatives, complex tax registrations, and
specialized tax research.
Additional
Solutions.
MatrixMaster
is our large-scale product taxability database for retail operations. MatrixMaster enables businesses that identify products with
universal product codes (UPCs) to calculate taxability at the point of sale.
Avalara
CloudConnect
is a hardware device that we offer to a small number of U.S. customers who have specifically requested an on-premises
solution. Avalara CloudConnect is linked to our core AvaTax solution and kept up to date via that connection. It processes and stores transactions
on-site for regularly scheduled uploads to AvaTax. This configuration enables Avalara CloudConnect to process tax determinations at all times,
even in the event of service downtime or communication network slowdowns or outages.
Avalara
Licensing
is a recently-launched service through which U.S. customers can obtain business licenses and sales tax registrations using our
online platform.
VAT
Expert
is a web-based solution that checks the validity of customer and supplier VAT numbers and provides VAT determinations in the form
of invoices that comply with relevant return forms across the European market.
Brazilian
tax
compliance
solutions
were added to our suite of solutions through technology, content, and personnel acquisitions. Our Brazilian tax
compliance suite includes a variety of highly specialized solutions that address the Brazilian transaction tax regimes. These solutions include
electronic compliance report validation, electronic invoice authentication and preparation, tax determination, and returns preparation.
Our key competitive strengths include:
Competitive Strengths
Powerful
technology
. Our proprietary platform powers a comprehensive and integrated set of transaction tax compliance solutions that enable our
customers to automate and accurately manage their transaction tax compliance processes. Our platform combines an extensive proprietary database containing tax
jurisdiction boundaries, tax rates, product- and date-specific taxability rules, and return preparation and filing requirements, with advanced algorithms for precise
real time address validation via geolocation technology, application of taxability rules, tax determination, tax return preparation and filing, tax remittance, and tax
forms and records management. Our platform processes billions of tax determinations per year, with the speed, reliability, and security capabilities designed to
serve the needs of even the largest of enterprise customers.
7
Extensive
integrations
. We have invested in developing and maintaining more than 700 pre-built integrations that are designed to embed our solutions
seamlessly into leading business applications, including accounting, ERP, ecommerce, POS, recurring billing, and CRM systems. We believe that maintaining pre-
built integrations with a broad ra nge of business applications provides a competitive advantage, to which we refer as a moat, as these integrations dramatically
reduce implementation time, effort, and cost; enable our solutions to function seamlessly with the core applications our customer s use to process and manage their
transactions; and allow customers to easily and efficiently manage tax compliance across multiple business applications. We offer far more pre-built integrations
with these applications than other tax software providers an d we plan to continue adding more. We have pre-built integrations with leading business application
providers such as Magento, QuickBooks, Microsoft, NetSuite, Sage, 3d c art , Salesforce Commerce Cloud , and Epicor, that customers can use to connect our
solutions with their applications. In addition, we have relationships with some application providers, including BigCommerce, Shopify, and others, that include our
pre-built integrations in their platform s, allowing customers to easily choose our solutions to automate transaction tax determinations.
Extensive
content
. We have amassed, expanded, and integrated an extensive database of statutory tax content, including product classifications and
taxability rules, exemption conditions, tax holidays, jurisdiction boundaries, tax rates, thresholds, registration, and return preparation and filing requirements, as
well as millions of UPCs, linked to taxability rules. We employ a large group of tax research analysts who continually update this library, which is processed by our
determination engine and delivered to our customers via our cloud connection. In addition to internal development, we have acquired multiple transaction tax
related businesses and acquired or licensed databases containing deep stores of knowledge to augment the tax content that supports the Avalara Compliance Cloud.
We also have built and maintain a library of thousands of local, regional, state, and national tax return forms, tax exemption certificate forms, VAT invoice
templates, and other compliance documents. Our extensive tax content and forms databases have enabled us to serve the compliance needs of an ever-expanding
list of businesses in different geographies and industries such as fuels, communications, and lodging.
Comprehensive,
easy-to-use,
scalable
solutions
. We provide solutions to a full range of transaction tax compliance burdens. Our solutions can be
configured and managed using our intuitive administrative consoles, which we regard as a significant differentiator from other transaction tax services because they
facilitate fast and easy company-specific configuration, detailed transaction analysis, and access to detailed reports, worksheets, calendars, and other management
functions. The consoles also provide a single point of management for various compliance solutions, scale as a customer’s needs grow or change, and automatically
aggregate transactions from multiple business applications. We believe our comprehensive solutions enable us to provide added value to our customers, increase
their loyalty and satisfaction, and raise their potential long-term value to us.
Broad
ecosystem
. We have strategically built a broad range of relationships with our network of business application publishers and their reseller
channels, integration developers, implementation specialists, and accounting and financial advisors. These relationships provide us with an effective distribution
channel, the majority of our pre-built integrations, a source of referral business, occasions for cross-selling, new opportunities for compliance automation, and early
access to developing technologies.
As a result of our competitive strengths, our platform becomes deeply embedded in our customers’ business processes and systems, providing them with an
automated solution central to their ability to transact. Our strategic position drives long-term customer relationships, as evidenced by our net revenue retention rate,
which was 107% on average for the four quarters ended December 31, 2018.
Growth Strategies
We plan to continue investing to provide our customers with best-in-class solutions and to expand our market opportunity. Our primary growth strategies
include:
•
Broaden
our
base
of
customers
. We believe that the market for comprehensive, automated transaction tax compliance solutions is large and
underserved, and therefore we can significantly increase our customer base. In addition, as businesses expand their product and jurisdictional
footprints, we believe the need for cost-effective transaction tax compliance solutions increases. We will continue to invest in our sales and
marketing efforts, both domestically and internationally, and intend to expand into new markets to grow our customer base.
8
•
•
•
•
Grow
revenue
from
our
existing
customers
. Many of our customers begin with a single solution, such as our AvaTax determination solution.
This initial entry point establishes Avalara as a trusted part of a customer’s financial system, and as a customer’s sales increase and the number of
transactions processed grows, our volume-based subscription model generates more revenue. The initial entry point also provides us with
significant cross-sell opportunities, including tax return preparation and filing, tax remittance, and tax exemption certificate and other compliance
documents management. These solutions work together to provide customers with a comprehensive automated solution for all of their transaction
tax compliance needs.
Expand
our
partner
ecosystem
. We have an extensive network of business application providers and other customer referral sources that
provides us with qualified leads and new customer opportunities. In some cases, providers purchase functionality from us for use by their
customers. We intend to continue to expand our partner ecosystem by actively seeking new relationships that offer exposure to potential customers
and integrations with more business applications.
Expand
international
reach
. We believe that we have a significant opportunity to expand our suite of solutions for use outside of the United
States. Of our 13 worldwide offices, five are located outside the United States and we support transaction tax compliance in Europe, South
America, and Asia. We plan to continue investing in these geographies, while also expanding our solutions and growing our sales force to expand
into new regions.
Broaden
our
content
and
suite
of
solutions
. We devote substantial resources to continuously improve the Avalara Compliance Cloud, add
innovative new features and functionalities, add content, build technology to support new content types, and improve the user experience for our
solutions. We intend to continue to make significant investments to acquire accurate, relevant content and expertise to best serve the transaction
tax compliance needs of our customers. For example, we acquired fuel and alcohol excise tax, lodging tax, communications tax, portions of
European VAT, and Brazilian tax solutions. These acquisitions accelerate the expansion of our tax content, solutions, customer base, cross-selling
opportunities, and geographic reach. We intend to continue pursuing opportunities to acquire businesses and technologies that accomplish our
strategic objectives.
Customers
Our customers include businesses across industries and of all sizes, ranging from small businesses to Fortune 100 companies.
The mid-market has been and remains our primary target market segment for marketing and selling our solutions. We use core customers as a metric to
focus our customer count reporting on our primary target market segment. As of December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, we had approximately 9,070, 7,490, and
6,250 core customers, respectively, representing less than half of our total number of customers. In 2018, our core customers represented more than 85% of our
total revenue.
We define a core customer as:
•
•
•
a unique account identifier in our billing system (multiple companies or divisions within a single consolidated enterprise that each have a separate
unique account identifier are each treated as separate customers);
that is active as of the measurement date; and
for which we have recognized, as of the measurement date, greater than $3,000 in total revenue during the last twelve months.
Currently, our core customer count includes only customers with unique account identifiers in our primary U.S. billing systems and does not include
customers who subscribe to our solutions through our international subsidiaries or certain legacy billing systems, primarily related to past acquisitions. As we
increase our international operations and sales in future periods, we may add customers billed from our international subsidiaries to the core customer metric.
9
We also have a substantial number of customers of various sizes who do not meet the revenue threshold to be considered a core customer. Many of these
customers are in the small business and self-serve segment of the marketplace, which represents strategic value and a growth opportunity for us. Customers who do
not meet the revenue threshold to be considered a core customer provide us with market share and awareness, and we anticipate that some may grow into core
customers.
No single customer, including considering on an aggregate basis those customers that we know are under common control or are affiliates, represented
more than 10% of our total revenue in 2018, 2017, or 2016.
Sales and Marketing
We sell our solutions primarily on a subscription basis. Most of our customers purchase pre-built or custom integrations into their business applications and
choose from various subscription plans that are priced according to the volume of transactions, tax returns, or tax documents they require. Our solutions are capable
of addressing the transaction tax compliance needs of businesses of all sizes, from the smallest sole proprietors to Fortune 100 enterprises. While the mid-market
has been and remains our primary target market segment for marketing and selling our solutions, we also maintain distinct teams and processes for pursuing
enterprise and small businesses.
While we generally identify and engage directly with our customer prospects, we leverage the sales and referral resources of a broad ecosystem of partners
across all market segments. These partners include our network of business application publishers, integration developers, technology developers and
implementation specialists, and value-added resellers. This network provides us with pre-sold customers as well as qualified leads through a variety of incentive
programs. In some cases, providers purchase functionality from us for use by their customers. Additionally, we actively conduct programs to engage with state
regulators, tax and accounting firms, payroll vendors, and financial services providers.
The majority of our mid-market sales are conducted via telephone, requiring few to no in-person interactions with customer prospects. We target prospects
via an array of marketing automation strategies and tactics, including paid and unpaid digital advertising, content marketing, prospect database nurturing, and other
automated outbound marketing activities.
We also maintain a specialized sales force that sells into the enterprise market predominantly via telephone, but in some cases through in-person sales.
These prospects have historically been concentrated in our fuel excise and compliance document management businesses, but we believe we have a significant and
growing opportunity to sell our sales tax, use tax, and VAT determination and returns solutions into this market.
In addition to reaching highly targeted enterprise and mid-market prospects, our marketing investments and activities generate interest from large numbers
of small businesses that also are burdened by transaction tax compliance requirements. Small business customers can purchase and configure smaller plans at lower
price points through our self-service online marketplace without the involvement of our primary selling or customer onboarding teams. Additionally, we have
established relationships with certain business application providers that target small businesses that have purchased our functionality for use by their customers
and embedded our solutions into their offering. We believe serving small businesses is important because it establishes a customer relationship that may become
more valuable to us over time as the customer grows or more fully embraces an automated compliance solution and provides a potential barrier to entry from
competitors that may seek to build market share by targeting the small business segment.
Expanding and maintaining our partner ecosystem has been an essential part of our growth. Enabling easy, quick, and low-cost integration into customers’
business applications, gathering high-quality new customer leads, and participating with professional service providers to help manage transaction tax compliance
are all important to our continued success, and we work hard to maintain and grow an ecosystem that we believe is unmatched in the industry.
Partners
10
Our partner ecosystem consi sts of different types of partners that provide us access to their customers and clients:
Integration
Partners.
Our integration partners build integrations for business applications, including accounting, ERP, ecommerce, POS, recurring
billing, and CRM systems. These integrations are designed to link the Avalara Compliance Cloud to business applications and share data relevant to transaction tax
determination and compliance. Some of our integration partners are the actual publishers of the business applications, who work with us to provide transaction tax
functionality to their customers through those business applications. Other integration partners are independent software developers or resellers who we engage to
build and maintain the integrations. In either case, the integration partners are paid a commission based on a percentage of the sales of our solutions that use the
integration. In general, integration partners are paid a higher commission for the initial sale to a new customer and lower recurring commissions for renewal
subscription terms. We currently have over 700 pre-built integrations.
Referral
Partners.
Our referral partners refer new customers to us, and receive a commission based on a percentage of the first-year sales of our
solutions to those new customers. Many referral partners are software resellers or other participants in the marketplace who have access to high quality new
customer leads. Many of our integration partners also refer customers who have purchased the partner’s business application and who need additional assistance
with transaction taxes. Some professional service partners, as discussed below, can be an additional source of new customer referrals.
Avalara
Included
Partners.
Some of the publishers who build integrations to connect our solutions to their business applications also purchase our
solutions from us to distribute to their customers, either as part of their offering or as an add-on to their application. For example, certain ecommerce platform
providers purchase an AvaTax subscription so that they can include sales tax determination as part of their offering to their retailer customers. We refer to these
partners as Avalara Included Partners, and they provide our solutions to their customers either on a white label basis or as “powered by Avalara.” In either case,
most Avalara Included Partners are also referral partners who refer their customers to us to purchase additional solutions, such as our returns solutions or
CertCapture.
Professional
Service
Partners.
We also have partners who are professional service providers who work directly with the customers for transaction tax
related services. These partners may implement and/or configure our solutions for customers, either alone or as part of a larger enterprise software implementation.
Other professional service partners are accountants or other advisors who assist customers with transaction tax issues. Payments to these partners vary, depending
on the specific relationship, with some partners billing customers directly, some subcontracting with us, and some participating in the referral program.
Research & Development and Tax Content Team
Our research and development organization is responsible for the design, development, and testing of the Avalara Compliance Cloud. We devote
substantial resources to continuously improve our platform, add innovative new features and functionalities, build technology to support new content types, and
improve the user experience for our platform and solutions.
Our content team works to improve and support our solutions by adding new tax content and maintaining existing content on our platform. This large team
continually monitors, tests, and updates our tax content to incorporate new tax rates, rules, taxing jurisdiction boundaries, and exemption conditions.
Intellectual Property
We primarily rely upon a combination of confidentiality procedures, contractual provisions, copyright, trademark, and trade secret laws, and other similar
measures to protect our proprietary information and intellectual property. Our trademarks and service marks include Avalara, the Avalara logo, AvaTax, the
Avalara Compliance Cloud, “Tax compliance done right,” marks for our acquired businesses, and various marketing slogans. Despite our efforts to protect our
proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy aspects of our solutions or to obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary, and may also
attempt to develop similar technology independently. Our means of protecting our proprietary rights may not be adequate.
11
The software and Internet industries are characterized by the existenc e of a large number of patents, trademarks, and copyrights and by frequent litigation
based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. Third parties may claim that our current or future solutions infringe their inte
llectual property rights. We may have to defend ourselves against claims of intellectual property infringement, which could be expensive for us and harm our
business and financial condition.
Government Regulation
Our business is subject to a range of complex laws and regulations, mostly relating to our involvement in our customers’ financial transactions. To be
successful, we must promote and monitor compliance with these legal and regulatory requirements.
We perform critical business functions for our customers, including tax determination, returns preparation and filing, and tax remittance. The federal Bank
Secrecy Act requires that financial institutions, of which money transmitters are a subset, register with the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Financial Crimes
Enforcement Network and maintain policies and procedures reasonably designed to monitor, identify, report and, where possible, avoid money laundering and
criminal or terrorist financing by customers. Most U.S. states also have laws that apply to money transmitters, and impose various licensure, examination, and
bonding requirements on them. We believe these federal and state laws and regulations were not intended to cover the business activity of remitting transaction
taxes that taxpayers owe to the various states. However, if federal or state regulators were to apply these laws and regulations to this business activity, whether
through expansion of enforcement activities, new interpretations of the scope of certain of these laws and regulations or of available exemptions, or otherwise, or if
our activities were held by a court to be covered by such laws or regulations, we could be required to expend time, money, and other resources to deal with
enforcement actions and any penalties that might be asserted, to institute and maintain a compliance program specific to money transmission laws, and possibly to
change aspects of how we conduct business to achieve compliance or minimize regulation. We have contractually agreed with certain states collecting sales tax that
in determining and remitting taxes on behalf of certain customers, we will comply with various technical, filing, privacy, confidentiality, bonding, and trust account
requirements.
In the course of selling products and services, retailers and other businesses often come into possession of credit card numbers and other personal
information of consumers. Determining the transaction taxes owed by our customers involves providing our platform with the types and prices of products they
sell, as well as information regarding addresses that products are shipped from and delivered to. Our tax exemption certificate management solution also requires
input of certain information regarding the purchasers who are entitled to tax exemptions. Numerous local, regional, state, and national laws and regulations govern
the collection, dissemination, use, and safeguarding of certain information that could be used to commit identity theft or fraud. Although most of the data that is
provided to our solutions by our customers cannot be used to identify individual consumers, we may be subject to these laws in certain circumstances. Most states
have also adopted data security breach laws that require notice to affected consumers of any security breach as to their personal information. In the event of a
security breach, our compliance with these laws may subject us, depending on the personal information in question, to costs associated with notice and remediation,
as well as potential investigations from federal regulatory agencies and state attorneys general. Failures to safeguard data adequately or to destroy data securely
could subject us to regulatory investigations or enforcement actions under federal or state data security, unfair practices, or consumer protection laws. The scope
and interpretation of these laws, and the burdens and costs of complying with them, could increase in the future.
As of December 31, 2018, we had 1,592 full-time employees. Of these employees, 1,109 are based in the United States, 5 are based in Canada, 116 are in
the United Kingdom and continental Europe, 250 are based in India, and 112 are based in Brazil. With the exception of Brazil, where collective bargaining
agreements are commonplace, none of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements. We believe our employee relations are good and we have
not experienced any work stoppages.
Employees and Culture
12
We believe our corporate culture provides an advantage in recruiting new employees and retaini ng our best talent, as well as driving behaviors across our
entire organization that help us succeed in the marketplace. This culture is characterized in the many employees who embody our nine success traits: Optimism,
Passion, Adaptability, Humility, Fun, Ownership, Curiosity, Urgency, and Simplicity. The rallying point of our culture is the color orange. Our employees wear this
color with pride every day in all of our locations and we have trademarked the slogan “The Power of Orange.” Our culture permeate s our sales and marketing
outreach and the significance of the color orange has been featured in multiple news articles. As a result, we believe our customers, partners, and many prospects
readily identify and appreciate our culture in their interactions w ith the Avalara team.
We were incorporated in 1999 in Washington state under the name Advantage Solutions, Inc. and changed our name to Avalara, Inc. in December
2005. Our principal executive offices are located at 255 South King Street, Suite 1800, Seattle, WA 98104. Our website address is www.avalara.com . The
information on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this report.
Corporation Information
Additional Information
Our SEC filings are available to the public on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov, which contains reports, proxies, and information statements and other
information regarding registrants that file electronically. We also maintain a website at investor.avalara.com, through which we make available the following
filings as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC: our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on
Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. All such filings are available free of charge.
Item 1A. Risk Factors.
You
should
carefully
consider
the
risks
and
uncertainties
described
below,
together
with
all
of
the
other
information
in
this
Annual
Report
on
Form
10-K,
including
“Management’s
Discussion
and
Analysis
of
Financial
Condition
and
Results
of
Operations”
and
our
consolidated
financial
statements
and
related
notes,
before
making
an
investment
decision.
The
risks
and
uncertainties
described
below
are
not
the
only
ones
we
face.
Additional
risks
and
uncertainties
not
presently
known
to
us
or
that
we
presently
deem
less
significant
may
also
impair
our
business
operations.
If
any
of
the
events
or
circumstances
described
in
the
following
risk
factors
actually
occurs,
our
business,
operating
results,
financial
condition,
cash
flows,
and
prospects
could
be
materially
and
adversely
affected.
Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry
We
have
incurred
significant
operating
losses
in
the
past
and
may
never
achieve
or
maintain
profitability.
We have incurred significant operating losses since our inception, including net losses of $75.6 million, $64.1 million, and $57.9 million in 2018, 2017,
and 2016, respectively. We had an accumulated deficit of $487.6 million as of December 31, 2018. Because the market for our solutions is not fully developed
and is rapidly evolving, it is difficult for us to predict our results of operations. We expect our operating expenses to continue to increase in future periods as we
hire additional sales and other personnel, improve the Avalara Compliance Cloud, invest in sales and marketing initiatives, expand our international reach, and
potentially acquire complementary technology and businesses. If our revenue does not increase to offset increases in our operating expenses, we may never achieve
or maintain profitability. Revenue growth may slow, revenue may decline, or we may incur significant losses in the future for a number of possible reasons,
including slowing demand for our solutions, general macroeconomic conditions, increasing competition, a decrease or slowing in the growth of the markets in
which we compete, or if we fail for any reason to capitalize on growth opportunities. Additionally, we may encounter unforeseen operating expenses, difficulties,
complications, delays, service delivery and quality problems, regulatory or legislative changes, and other unknown factors that may result in losses in future
periods. If these losses exceed our expectations or if our revenue growth expectations are not met in future periods, our financial performance will be harmed.
13
Our
revenue
growth
rate
depends
on
existing
customers
renewing
and
upgrading
their
subscriptions,
and
if
we
fail
to
retain
our
customers
or
upgrade
their
subscriptions,
our
business
wil
l
be
harmed.
We cannot accurately predict customer behavior. Our customers have no obligation to renew their subscriptions for our solutions after the expiration of
their subscription periods and our customers may not renew subscriptions for a similar mix of solutions or transaction volumes. Our renewal rates may decline as a
result of a number of factors, including customer dissatisfaction, customers’ spending levels, decreased customer transaction volumes, increased competition,
changes in tax laws or rules, pricing changes, deteriorating general economic conditions, or legislative changes affecting tax compliance providers. If our customers
do not renew their subscriptions, or reduce the solutions or transaction volumes purchased under their subscriptions, our revenue may decline and our business may
be harmed.
Our future success also depends in part on our ability to sell additional solutions and transaction volumes to existing customers. For example, many of our
customers initially start with our AvaTax sales tax determination solution and then later combine that determination solution with one or more of our other
solutions, such as returns preparation and filing, tax remittance, determination for additional tax types, or tax exemption certificate management. If our efforts to
sell our additional solutions to our customers are not successful, it may decrease our revenue growth and harm our business, results of operations, and financial
condition.
If
we
are
unable
to
attract
new
customers
on
a
cost-effective
basis,
our
business
will
be
harmed.
To grow our business, we must continue to grow our customer base in a cost-effective manner. Increasing our customer base and achieving broader market
acceptance of our solutions will depend, to a significant extent, on our ability to effectively expand our sales and marketing activities, as well as our partner
network of business application providers and other customer referral sources. We may not be able to recruit qualified sales and marketing personnel, train them to
perform, and achieve an acceptable level of sales production from them on a timely basis or at all. In the past, it has usually taken new members of our sales force
at least six months to integrate into our operations and start converting sales leads at our expected levels. In addition, if we cannot continue to maintain or expand
our relationships with our partner network, we may receive fewer referrals, the set of integrations we offer may not keep up with the market, and our customer
acquisition strategy may become less effective. If we are unable to maintain effective sales and marketing activities and maintain and expand our partner network,
our ability to attract new customers could be harmed, our sales and marketing expenses could increase substantially, and our business, results of operations, and
financial condition may suffer.
Our
revenue
growth
rate
may
not
be
sustainable.
Our revenue has grown rapidly, from $167.4 million in 2016, and $213.2 million in 2017, to $272.1 million in 2018. As our revenue base grows, we
expect that our revenue growth rate will decline over time, and you should not rely on the revenue growth of any prior period as an indication of our future
performance. This risk may increase with any future acquisition, particularly if the revenue growth rate of the acquired business has been lower than ours.
If
we
fail
to
effectively
manage
our
growth,
our
business,
results
of
operations,
and
financial
condition
would
likely
be
harmed.
We have experienced, and may continue to experience, rapid growth in our headcount and operations, both domestically and internationally, which has
placed, and may continue to place, significant demands on our management and our administrative, operational, and financial reporting resources. We have also
experienced significant growth in the number of customers, number of transactions, and the amount of tax content that our platform and solutions support. Our
growth will require us to hire additional employees and make significant expenditures, particularly in sales and marketing but also in our technology, professional
services, finance, and administration teams, as well as in our facilities and infrastructure. Our ability to effectively manage our growth will also require the
allocation of valuable management and employee resources and improvements to our operational and financial controls and our reporting procedures and systems.
In addition, as we seek to continue to expand internationally, we will likely encounter unexpected challenges and expenses due to unfamiliarity with local
requirements, practices, and markets. Our expenses may increase more than we plan and we may fail to hire qualified personnel, expand our customer base,
enhance our existing solutions, develop new solutions, integrate any acquisitions, satisfy the requirements of our existing customers, respond to competitive
challenges, or otherwise execute our strategies. If we are unable to effectively manage our growth, our business, results of operations, and financial condition
would likely be harmed.
14
We
derive
a
substantial
portion
of
our
revenue
from
the
delivery
of
our
sales
and
use
tax
determination
solution,
and
any
failure
of
this
solution
to
satisfy
customer
demands
or
to
achieve
increased
market
acceptance
could
adversely
affect
our
business,
results
of
operations,
financial
condition,
and
growth
prospects.
We currently derive a substantial portion of our revenue from subscriptions to our sales and use tax determination solution. We have added, and will
continue to add, additional solutions to expand our offerings, but, at least in the near term, we expect to continue to derive the majority of our revenue from sales
and use tax determination. As such, market acceptance of our sales and use tax determination solution is critical to our success. Demand for any of our solutions is
affected by a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control, such as continued market acceptance of our solutions by existing and new customers, the
timing of development and release of upgraded or new solutions on our platform, products and services introduced or upgraded by our competitors, pricing offered
by our competitors, technological change, and growth or contraction in our addressable market. If we are unable to meet customer demands to offer our sales and
use tax determination solution in a manner that is effective and at a price that the market will accept, or if we otherwise fail to achieve more widespread market
acceptance of alternative solutions, our business, results of operations, financial condition, and growth prospects will suffer.
We
may
not
successfully
develop
or
introduce
new
solutions
that
achieve
market
acceptance,
or
successfully
integrate
acquired
products,
services,
or
content
with
our
existing
solutions,
and
our
business
could
be
harmed
and
our
revenue
could
suffer
as
a
result.
Our ability to attract new customers and increase revenue from existing customers will likely depend upon the successful development, introduction, and
customer acceptance of new and enhanced versions of our solutions and on our ability to integrate any products, services, and content that we may acquire into our
existing and future solutions. Moreover, if we are unable to expand our solutions beyond our current transaction tax compliance solutions, our customers could
migrate to competitors who may offer a broader or more attractive range of products and services. Our business could be harmed if we fail to deliver new versions,
upgrades, or other enhancements to our existing solutions to meet customer needs on a timely and cost-effective basis. Unexpected delays in releasing new or
enhanced versions of our solutions, or errors following their release, could result in loss of sales, delay in market acceptance of our solutions, or customer claims
against us, any of which could harm our business. The success of any new solution depends on several factors, including timely completion, adequate quality
testing, and market acceptance. We may not be able to develop new solutions successfully or to introduce and gain market acceptance of new solutions in a timely
manner, or at all. Additionally, we must continually modify and enhance our solutions to keep pace with changes in hardware systems and software applications,
database technology, and evolving technical standards and interfaces. As a result, uncertainties related to the timing and nature of business application providers,
announcements or introductions of new solutions, or modifications by vendors of existing hardware systems or back-office or Internet-related software
applications, could harm our business and cause our revenue to decline.
Our
business
and
success
depend
in
part
on
our
strategic
relationships
with
third
parties,
including
our
partner
ecosystem,
and
our
business
would
be
harmed
if
we
fail
to
maintain
or
expand
these
relationships.
We depend on, and anticipate that we will continue to depend on, various third-party relationships to sustain and grow our business. We are highly
dependent on relationships with third-party publishers of software business applications, including accounting, enterprise resource planning (ERP), ecommerce,
point-of-sale (POS), recurring billing, and customer relationship management (CRM) systems, because the integration of our solutions with their applications
allows us to reach their sizeable customer bases. Our sales and our customers’ user experience are dependent on our ability to connect easily to such third-party
software applications. We may fail to retain and expand these integrations or relationships for many reasons, including due to third parties’ failure to maintain,
support, or secure their technology platforms in general and our integrations in particular, or errors, bugs, or defects in their technology, or changes in their or our
technology platforms. Any such failure could harm our relationship with our customers, our reputation and brand, and our business and results of operations.
15
As we seek to add different types of partners to our partner ecosystem , including integration partners, referral partn ers, Avalara Included Partners (who
purchase our solutions to distribute to their customers) , and professional service partners, it is uncertain whether these third parties will be successful in building
integrations, co-marketing our solutions to provide a significant volume and quality of lead referrals and orders, and continuing to work with us as their own
products evolve. Identifying, negotiating, and documenting relationships with additional partners requires significant resources. In addition, integr ating third-party
technology can be complex, costly, and time-consuming. Third parties may be unwilling to build integrations, and we may be required to devote additional
resources to develop integrations for business applications on our own. Providers of business applications with which we have integrations may decide to compete
with us or enter into arrangements with our competitors, resulting in such providers withdrawing support for our integrations. In addition, any failure of our
solutions to operate effectively with business applications could reduce the demand for our solutions, resulting in customer dissatisfaction and harm to our business.
If we are unable to respond to these changes or failures in a cost-effective manner, our solutions may become less marketable, less competitive, or obsolete, and our
results of operations may be negatively impacted.
In addition, we leverage the sales and referral resources of our network of referral partners through a variety of incentive programs. In the event that we are
unable to effectively utilize, maintain, and expand these relationships, our revenue growth would slow, we would need to devote additional resources to the
development, sales, and marketing of our solutions, and our financial results and future growth prospects would be harmed. Additionally, our referral partners may
demand, or demand greater, referral fees or commissions.
Our
acquisitions
of,
and
investments
in,
other
businesses,
products,
or
technologies
may
not
yield
expected
benefits
and
our
inability
to
successfully
integrate
acquisitions
may
negatively
impact
our
business,
financial
condition,
and
results
of
operations.
We have acquired a significant number of businesses, products, content (such as tax rate information), and technologies over the past several years, and we
may acquire or invest in other businesses, products, content, or technologies in the future. Since 2014 we have acquired fuel and alcohol excise tax, lodging tax,
communications tax, portions of European VAT, Brazil tax, and cross-border transaction solutions. We may not realize the anticipated benefits, or any benefits,
from our past or future acquisitions. In addition, if we finance acquisitions by incurring debt or by issuing equity or convertible or other debt securities, our existing
shareholders may be diluted or we could face constraints related to the repayment of indebtedness, which could affect the market value of our capital stock. To the
extent that the acquisition consideration is paid in the form of an earnout on future financial results, the success of such an acquisition will not be fully realized by
us for a period of time as it is shared with the sellers. Further, if we fail to properly evaluate and execute acquisitions or investments, our business and prospects
may be seriously harmed and the value of your investment may decline. For us to realize the benefits of past and future acquisitions, we must successfully integrate
the acquired businesses, products, or technologies with ours, which may take time. Some of the challenges to successful integration of our acquisitions include:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
unanticipated costs or liabilities resulting from our acquisitions;
retention of key employees from acquired businesses;
difficulties integrating acquired operations, personnel, technologies, products, or content;
diversion of management attention from business operations and strategy;
diversion of resources that are needed in other parts of our business;
potential write-offs of acquired assets or investments;
inability to generate sufficient revenue to offset acquisition or investment costs;
inability to maintain relationships with customers and partners of the acquired business;
difficulty of transitioning acquired technology and related infrastructures onto our existing platform;
maintaining security and privacy standards consistent with our other solutions;
potential financial and credit risks associated with the acquired business or customers;
16
•
•
the need to implement controls, procedures, and policies at the acquired company; and
the tax effects of any such acquisitions.
Our failure to address these risks or other problems encountered in connection with our past or future acquisitions and investments could cause us to fail to
realize the anticipated benefits of such acquisitions or investments and negatively impact our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
We
face
significant
competition
from
other
transaction
tax
compliance
software
providers
and
professional
services
firms,
as
well
as
the
challenge
of
convincing
businesses
using
do-it-yourself
approaches
to
switch
to
our
solutions.
We face significant competitive challenges from do-it-yourself approaches, outsourced transaction tax compliance services offered by accounting and
specialized consulting firms, and tax-specific software vendors. Traditional do-it-yourself approaches are people-intensive and involve internal personnel manually
performing compliance processes, often relying on transaction-specific research, static tax tables, non-tax specific software, or rate calculator services, as well as
manual filing and remittance activities. Many businesses using do-it-yourself approaches believe that these manual processes are adequate and may be unaware that
there is an affordable solution that is more effective, resulting in an inertia that can be difficult to overcome. In addition, the up-front costs of our solutions can limit
our sales to businesses using do-it-yourself processes.
In addition, there are a number of competing tax-specific software vendors, some of which have substantially greater revenue, personnel, and other
resources than we do. Our larger competitors, such as CCH Incorporated (a subsidiary of Wolters Kluwer NV), ONESOURCE Indirect Tax (a division of Thomson
Reuters), Sovos, and Vertex, Inc., as well as the state and local tax services offered by large accounting firms, have historically targeted primarily large enterprise
customers, but many of them also market to small to medium-sized businesses in search of growth in revenue or market share. In addition, our competitors who
currently focus their tax compliance services on small to medium-sized businesses, such as TPS Unlimited, Inc. d/b/a TaxJar, may be better positioned than larger
competitors to increase their market share with small to medium-sized businesses, whether competing based on price, service, or otherwise. We also face a growing
number of competing private transaction tax compliance businesses focused primarily on ecommerce. Increased competition may impact our ability to add new
customers at the rates we have historically achieved. It is also possible that large enterprises with substantial resources that operate in adjacent compliance, finance,
or ecommerce verticals may decide to pursue transaction tax compliance automation and become immediate, significant competitors. Our failure to successfully
and effectively compete with current or future competitors could lead to lost business and negatively affect our revenue growth.
We
face
significant
risks
in
selling
our
solutions
to
enterprise
customers,
and
if
we
do
not
manage
these
efforts
effectively,
our
results
of
operations
and
ability
to
grow
our
customer
base
could
be
harmed.
Sales to enterprise customers typically involve higher customer acquisition costs and longer sales cycles and we may be less effective at predicting when
we will complete these sales. The historical sales cycle and conversion rate trends associated with our existing customers, most of whom to date have been mid-
market businesses, may not apply to larger enterprise businesses for whom purchasing decisions may require the approval of more technical personnel and
management levels. This potential customer base may require us to invest more time educating prospects about the benefits of our solutions, causing our sales cycle
to lengthen and become less predictable. In addition, larger customers may demand more integration services and customization, and our standard pricing model
may be less attractive to certain customers with very high volumes of transactions. As a result of these factors, sales opportunities to larger businesses may require
us to devote greater research and development, sales, support, and professional services resources to individual prospective customers, resulting in increased
acquisition costs and strains on our limited resources. Moreover, these larger transactions may require us to delay recognizing the associated revenue we derive
from these prospective customers until any technical or implementation requirements have been met. Furthermore, because we have limited experience selling to
larger businesses, our investment in marketing our solutions to these potential customers may not be successful, which could harm our results of operations and our
overall ability to grow our customer base.
17
Our
quarterly
and
annual
results
of
operations
are
likely
to
fluctuate
in
future
periods.
We expect to experience quarterly or annual fluctuations in our results of operations due to a number of factors, many of which are outside of our control.
This makes our future results difficult to predict and could cause our results of operations to fall below expectations or our predictions. Factors that might cause
quarterly or annual fluctuations in our results of operations include:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
our ability to attract new customers and retain and grow revenue from existing customers;
our ability to maintain, expand, train, and achieve an acceptable level of production from our sales and marketing teams;
our ability to find and nurture successful sales opportunities;
the timing of our introduction of new solutions or updates to existing solutions;
our ability to grow and maintain our relationships with our network of third-party partners, including integration partners, referral partners,
Avalara Included Partners, and professional service partners;
the success of our customers’ businesses;
our ability to successfully sell to enterprise businesses;
the timing of large subscriptions and customer renewal rates;
new government regulation;
changes in our pricing policies or those of our competitors;
the amount and timing of our expenses related to the expansion of our business, operations, and infrastructure;
any impairment of our intangible assets and goodwill;
any seasonality in connection with new customer agreements, as well as renewal and upgrade agreements, each of which have historically
occurred at a higher rate in the fourth quarter of each year;
future costs related to acquisitions of content, technologies, or businesses and their integration; and
general economic conditions.
Any one of the factors above, or the cumulative effect of some or all of the factors referred to above, may result in significant fluctuations in our quarterly
and annual results of operations. This variability and unpredictability could result in our failure to meet or exceed our internal operating plan. In addition, a
percentage of our operating expenses is fixed in nature and is based on forecasted financial performance. In the event of revenue shortfalls, we may not be able to
mitigate the negative impact on our results of operations quickly enough to avoid short-term impacts.
Because
we
recognize
revenue
from
subscriptions
for
our
solutions
over
the
terms
of
the
subscriptions
and
expense
commissions
associated
with
sales
of
our
solutions
immediately
upon
execution
of
a
subscription
agreement
with
a
customer,
our
financial
results
in
any
period
may
not
be
indicative
of
our
financial
health
and
future
performance.
We generally recognize revenue from subscription fees paid by customers ratably over the terms of their subscription agreements. As a result, most of the
subscription revenue we report in each quarter is the result of agreements entered into during previous quarters. Consequently, a decline in new or renewed
subscriptions in any one quarter will not be fully reflected in our revenue results for that quarter. Any such decline, however, will negatively affect our revenue in
future quarters. Our subscription model also makes it difficult for us to rapidly increase our revenue through additional sales in any period, as subscription revenue
from new customers must be recognized over the applicable subscription terms.
18
In contrast, we expense commissions paid to our sales personnel and to our referral partners in the period in which we enter into an agreement for the sale
of our solutions. Although we believe increased sales is a positive indicator of the long-term health of our business, increased sales could increase our operating
expenses and decrease earnings in any particular period. Thus, we may report poor r esults of operations due to higher sales or customer referral source
commissions in a period in which we experience strong sales of our solutions. Alternatively, we may report better results of operations due to the reduction of sales
or customer referral source commissions in a period in which we experience a slowdown in sales. Therefore, you should not rely on our financial results during any
one quarter as an indication of our financial health and future performance.
Our
business
is
substantially
dependent
upon
the
continued
development
of
the
market
for
cloud-based
software
solutions.
We derive, and expect to continue to derive, substantially all of our revenue from the sale of subscriptions for our cloud-based software solutions. The
market for cloud-based software solutions is not as mature as the market for on-premises software applications. We do not know whether the trend of adoption of
cloud-based software solutions that we have experienced in the past will continue in the future, and the adoption rate of cloud-based software solutions may be
slower at companies in industries with heightened data security interests or sensitivity to communication network slowdowns or outages. Our success will depend
to a substantial extent on the widespread adoption of cloud-based software solutions in general, and of cloud-based tax software solutions in particular. Many
businesses have invested substantial personnel and financial resources to integrate on-premises software products into their businesses and have been reluctant or
unwilling to migrate to cloud-based software solutions. Furthermore, many larger businesses have been reluctant or unwilling to use cloud-based solutions because
they have concerns regarding the risks associated with the security of their data and the reliability of the technology and service delivery model associated with
solutions like ours. In addition, if we or other cloud-based providers experience security incidents, loss of customer data, disruptions in delivery, or other problems,
the market for cloud-based software solutions as a whole, including for our solutions, may be negatively impacted. If the market for these solutions stops
developing or develops more slowly than we expect, our results of operations may be harmed.
We
hold
significant
amounts
of
money
that
we
remit
to
taxing
authorities
on
behalf
of
our
customers,
and
this
may
expose
us
to
liability
from
errors,
delays,
fraud,
or
system
failures,
which
may
not
be
covered
by
insurance.
We handle significant amounts of our customers’ money so that we can remit those amounts to various taxing jurisdictions on their behalf. If our banks’ or
our own internal compliance procedures regarding cash management fail, are hacked or sabotaged, or if our banks or we are the subject of fraudulent behavior by
personnel or third parties, we could face significant financial losses. Our efforts to remit tax payments to applicable taxing jurisdictions only after receiving the
corresponding funds from our customers may fail, which would expose us to the financial risk of collecting from our customers after we have remitted funds on
their behalf.
Additionally, we are subject to risk from concentration of cash and cash equivalent accounts, including cash from our customers that is to be remitted to
taxing jurisdictions, with financial institutions where deposits routinely exceed federal insurance limits. If the financial institutions in which we deposit our
customers’ cash were to experience insolvency or other financial difficulty, our access to cash deposits could be limited, any deposit insurance may not be
adequate, we could lose our cash deposits entirely, and we could be exposed to liability to our customers. Any of these events would negatively impact our
liquidity, results of operations, and our reputation.
19
If
we
make
errors
in
our
customers’
transaction
tax
determinations,
or
remit
their
tax
payments
late
or
not
at
all,
our
reputation,
results
of
operations,
and
growth
prospects
could
suffer.
The tax determination functions we perform for customers are complicated from a data management standpoint, time-sensitive, and dependent on the
accuracy of the database of tax content underlying our solutions. Some of our processes are not fully automated, such as our process for monitoring updates to tax
rates and rules, and even to the extent our processes are automated, our solutions are not proven to be without any possibility of errors. If we make errors in our
customers’ tax determinations, or remit their tax payments late or not at all, our customers may be assessed interest and penalties. For example, as a certified
provider in the Streamlined Sales Tax program we determine and remit sales taxes to certain states on behalf of our customers, and that agreement contains
provisions detailing the circumstances under which we may become liable to member states in the event of delinquent payment of taxes. In a situation where the
state is conducting a sales tax audit and our customer has declared bankruptcy or otherwise terminated operations before the appropriate documentation or tax
liabilities have been remitted to the taxing jurisdiction, we could be held to be financially responsible for certain tax liabilities. For certain of our solutions, we
guarantee the accuracy of the results or output provided by those solutions, and could be liable under such guarantee for up to 12 months’ service fees for those
solutions in the event of an error that results in uncollected taxes, penalties, or interest. Although our agreements have disclaimers of warranties and limit our
liability (beyond the amounts we agree to pay pursuant to our guarantee, if applicable), a court could determine that such disclaimers and limitations are
unenforceable as a matter of law and hold us liable for these errors. Further, in some instances we have negotiated agreements with specific customers or assumed
agreements in connection with our acquisitions that do not limit this liability or disclaim these warranties. Additionally, erroneous tax determinations could result in
overpayments to taxing authorities that are difficult to reclaim from the applicable taxing authorities. Any history of erroneous tax determinations for our customers
could also cause our reputation to be harmed, could result in negative publicity, loss of or delay in market acceptance of our solutions, loss of customer renewals,
and loss of competitive position. In addition, our errors and omissions insurance coverage may not cover all amounts claimed against us if such errors or failures
occur. The financial and reputational costs associated with any erroneous tax determinations may be substantial and could harm our results of operations.
Changes
in
tax
laws
and
regulations
or
their
interpretation
or
enforcement
may
cause
us
to
invest
substantial
amounts
to
modify
our
solutions,
cause
us
to
change
our
business
model,
or
draw
new
competitors
to
the
market.
Changes in tax laws or regulations or interpretations of existing taxation requirements in the United States or in other countries may require us to change
the manner in which we conduct some aspects of our business and could harm our ability to attract and retain customers. For example, a material portion of our
revenue is generated by performing what can be complex transaction tax determinations and corresponding preparation of tax returns and remittance of taxes.
Changes in tax laws or regulations that reduce complexity or decrease the frequency of tax filings could negatively impact our revenue. In addition, there is
considerable uncertainty as to if, when, and how tax laws and regulations might change. As a result, we may need to invest substantially to modify our solutions to
adapt to new tax laws or regulations. If our platform and solutions are not flexible enough to adapt to changes in tax laws and regulations, our financial condition
and results of operations may suffer.
A number of states have considered or adopted laws that attempt to require out-of-state retailers to collect sales taxes on their behalf or to provide the
jurisdiction with information enabling it to more easily collect use tax. On June 21, 2018, the U.S. Supreme Court issued its opinion in South
Dakota
v.
Wayfair,
Inc.
, upholding South Dakota’s economic nexus law, which requires certain out-of-state retailers to collect and remit sales taxes on sales into South Dakota.
Following the Supreme Court’s decision, certain states with pre-existing economic nexus provisions announced that they would begin enforcing these provisions on
out-of-state retailers and additional states have proceeded with similar efforts. There also has been consideration of federal legislation related to taxation of
interstate sales, which, if enacted into law, would place guidelines or restrictions on states’ authority to require online and other out of state merchants to collect and
remit sales and use tax on products and services that they may sell. Similar issues exist outside of the United States, where the application of value-added taxes or
other indirect taxes on online retailers is uncertain and evolving. The effect of changes in tax laws and regulations is uncertain and dependent on a number of
factors. Depending on the content of any sales tax legislation, the role of third-party compliance vendors may change, we may need to invest substantial amounts to
modify our solutions or our business model, we could see a decrease in demand, we could see new competitors enter the market, or we could be negatively
impacted by such legislation in a way not yet known.
20
Cybersecurity,
data
security,
and
data
privacy
breach
es
may
create
liability
for
us,
damage
our
reputation,
and
harm
our
business.
As a cloud-based business, we face risks of cyber-attacks, computer break-ins, theft, denial-of-service attacks, and other improper activity that could
jeopardize the performance of our platform and solutions and expose us to financial and reputational harm. Such harm could be in the form of theft of our or our
customers’ confidential information, the inability of our customers to access our systems, or the improper re-routing of customer funds through fraudulent
transactions or other frauds perpetrated to obtain inappropriate payments. In some cases, we must rely on the safeguards put in place by third parties to protect
against security threats. These third parties, including vendors that provide products and services for our operations, could also be a source of security risk to us in
the event of a failure of their own security systems and infrastructure. Our network of business application providers could also be a source of vulnerability to the
extent their business applications interface with ours, whether unintentionally or through a malicious backdoor. We do not review the software code included in
third-party integrations in all instances. Because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access, or to sabotage systems, change frequently and generally are not
recognized until launched against a target, we or these third parties may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures.
With the increasing frequency of cyber-related frauds to obtain inappropriate payments, we need to ensure our internal controls related to authorizing the transfer of
funds are adequate. We may also be required to expend resources to remediate cyber-related incidents or to enhance and strengthen our cyber security. Any of these
occurrences could create liability for us, put our reputation in jeopardy, and harm our business.
Our customers provide us with information that our solutions store, some of which is confidential information about them or their financial transactions. In
addition, we store personal information about our employees and, to a lesser extent, those who purchase products or services from our customers. We have security
systems and information technology infrastructure designed to protect against unauthorized access to such information. The security systems and infrastructure we
maintain may not be successful in protecting against all security breaches and cyber-attacks, social-engineering attacks, computer break-ins, theft, and other
improper activity. Threats to our information technology security can take various forms, including viruses, worms, and other malicious software programs that
attempt to attack our solutions or platform or to gain access to the data of our customers or their customers. Any significant violations of data privacy could result
in the loss of business, litigation, regulatory investigations, loss of customers, and penalties that could damage our reputation and adversely affect the growth of our
business.
Failures
in
Internet
infrastructure
or
interference
with
broadband
or
wireless
access
could
cause
current
or
potential
customers
to
believe
that
our
platform
or
solutions
are
unreliable,
leading
these
customers
to
switch
to
our
competitors
or
to
avoid
using
our
solutions,
which
could
negatively
impact
our
revenue
or
harm
our
opportunities
for
customer
growth.
Our solutions depend on our customers’ high-speed broadband or wireless access to the Internet, particularly for our POS and ecommerce customers whose
businesses require real time tax determinations. Increasing numbers of customers and bandwidth requirements may degrade the performance of our solutions due to
capacity constraints and other Internet infrastructure limitations, and additional network capacity to maintain adequate data transmission speeds may be unavailable
or unacceptably expensive. If adequate capacity is not available to us, our solutions may be unable to achieve or maintain sufficient data transmission, reliability, or
performance. In addition, if Internet service providers and other third parties providing Internet services, including incumbent phone companies, cable companies,
and wireless companies, have outages or suffer deterioration in their quality of service, our customers may not have access to or may experience a decrease in the
quality of our solutions. These providers may take measures that block, degrade, discriminate, disrupt, or increase the cost of customer access to our solutions. Any
of these disruptions to data transmission could lead customers to switch to our competitors or avoid using our solutions, which could negatively impact our revenue
or harm our opportunities for growth.
21
Our
platform,
solutions,
and
internal
systems
may
be
subject
to
disruption
that
could
harm
our
reputation
and
future
sales
or
result
in
claims
against
us.
Because our operations involve delivering a suite of transaction tax compliance solutions to our customers through a cloud-based software platform, our
continued growth depends in part on the ability of our platform and related computer equipment, infrastructure, and systems to continue to support our solutions. In
the past, we have experienced temporary and limited platform disruptions, outages in our solutions, and degraded levels of performance due to human and software
errors, file corruption, and first and third-party capacity constraints associated with the number of customers accessing our platform simultaneously. While our past
experiences have not materially impacted us, in the future we may face more extensive disruptions, outages, or performance problems. In addition, malicious third
parties may also conduct attacks designed to sabotage our platform, impede the performance of our solutions, or temporarily deny customers access to our
solutions. If an actual or perceived disruption, outage, performance problem, or attack occurs, it could:
•
•
•
•
•
•
adversely affect the market perception of our solutions;
harm our reputation;
divert the efforts of our technical and management personnel;
impair our ability to operate our business and provide solutions to our customers;
cause us to lose customer information; or
harm our customers’ businesses.
Any of these events may increase non-renewals, limit our ability to acquire new customers, result in delayed or withheld payments from customers, or
result in claims against us.
Undetected
errors,
bugs,
or
defects
in
our
solutions
could
harm
our
reputation
or
decrease
market
acceptance
of
our
solutions,
which
would
harm
our
business
and
results
of
operations.
Our solutions may contain undetected errors, bugs, or defects. We have experienced these errors, bugs, or defects in the past in connection with new
solutions and solution upgrades and we expect that errors, bugs, or defects may be found from time to time in the future in new or enhanced solutions after their
commercial release. Our solutions are often used in connection with large-scale computing environments with different operating systems, system management
software, equipment, and networking configurations, which may cause or reveal errors or failures in our solutions or in the computing environments in which they
are deployed. Despite testing by us, errors, bugs, or defects may not be found in our solutions until they are deployed to or used by our customers. In the past, we
have discovered software errors, bugs, and defects in our solutions after they have been deployed to customers.
Since our customers use our solutions for compliance reasons, any errors, bugs, defects, disruptions in service, or other performance problems with our
solutions may damage our customers’ business and could hurt our reputation. We may also be required, or may choose, for customer relations or other reasons, to
expend additional resources to correct actual or perceived errors, bugs, or defects in our solutions. If errors, bugs, or defects are detected or perceived to exist in our
solutions, we may experience negative publicity, loss of competitive position, or diversion of the attention of our key personnel; our customers may delay or
withhold payment to us or elect not to renew their subscriptions; or other significant customer relations problems may arise. We may also be subject to liability
claims, including pursuant to our accuracy guarantee, for damages related to errors, bugs, or defects in our solutions. A material liability claim or other occurrence
that harms our reputation or decreases market acceptance of our solutions may harm our business and results of operations.
22
We
rely
on
third-party
computer
hardware,
software,
content,
and
services
for
use
in
our
solutions.
Errors
and
defects,
or
failure
to
successfully
integrate
or
license
necessary
third-p
arty
software,
content,
or
services,
could
cause
delays,
errors,
or
failures
of
our
solutions,
increases
in
our
expenses,
and
reductions
in
our
sales,
which
could
harm
our
results
of
operations.
We rely on computer hardware purchased or leased from, software licensed from, content licensed from, and services provided by a variety of third parties
to offer our solutions, including database, operating system, virtualization software, tax requirement content, and geolocation content and services. Any errors,
bugs, or defects in third-party hardware, software, content, or services could result in errors or a failure of our solutions, which could harm our business. For
example, in 2018, a third-party provider data center infrastructure failure resulted in a period of higher than usual latency and outages that impacted some
customers. In the future, we might need to license other hardware, software, content, or services to enhance our solutions and meet evolving customer requirements.
Any inability to use hardware or software could significantly increase our expenses and otherwise result in delays, a reduction in functionality, or errors or failures
of our products until equivalent technology is either developed by us or, if available, is identified, obtained through purchase or license, and integrated into our
solutions, any of which may reduce demand for our solutions. In addition, third-party licenses may expose us to increased risks, including risks associated with the
integration of new technology, the diversion of resources from the development of our own proprietary technology, and our inability to generate revenue from new
technology sufficient to offset associated acquisition and maintenance costs, all of which may increase our expenses and harm our results of operations.
We
rely
upon
data
centers
and
other
systems
and
technologies
provided
by
third
parties
to
operate
our
business,
and
interruptions
or
performance
problems
with
these
centers,
systems
and
technologies
may
adversely
affect
our
business
and
operating
results.
We rely on data centers and other technologies and services provided by third parties in order to operate our business. We operate both physical data
centers supported by Equinix and cloud data centers supported by Amazon Web Services and Microsoft Azure. If any of these services becomes unavailable or
otherwise is unable to serve our requirements, there could be a failover recovery latency.
Our business depends on our ability to protect the growing amount of information stored in our data centers and related systems, offices, and hosting
facilities, against damage from earthquake, floods, fires, other extreme weather conditions, power loss, telecommunications failures, hardware failures,
unauthorized intrusion, overload conditions, and other events. If our data centers or related systems fail to operate properly or become disabled even for a brief
period of time, we could suffer financial loss, a disruption of our business, liability to customers, or damage to our reputation. Our response to any type of disaster
may not be successful in preventing the loss of customer data, service interruptions, and disruptions to our operations, or damage to our important facilities.
Our data center providers have no obligations to renew their agreements with us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, and it is possible that we will
not be able to switch our operations to another provider in a timely and cost-effective manner should the need arise. If we are unable to renew our agreements with
these providers on commercially reasonable terms, or if in the future we add data center facility providers, we may face additional costs or expenses or downtime,
which could harm our business.
Any unavailability of, or failure to meet our requirements by, third-party data centers, technologies, or services, could impede our ability to provide
services to our customers, harm our reputation, subject us to potential liabilities, result in contract terminations, and adversely affect our customer relationships.
Any of these circumstances could adversely affect our business and operating results.
Incorrect
or
improper
implementation,
integration,
or
use
of
our
solutions
could
result
in
customer
dissatisfaction
and
negatively
affect
our
business,
results
of
operations,
financial
condition,
and
growth
prospects.
Our solutions are deployed in a wide variety of technology environments and integrated into a broad range of complex workflows and third-party software.
If we or our customers are unable to implement our solutions successfully, are unable to do so in a timely manner, or our integration partners are unable to integrate
with our solutions through our integrations, customer perceptions of our solutions may be impaired, our reputation and brand may suffer, and customers may
choose not to renew or expand the use of our solutions.
23
Our customers may need training or education in the proper use of and the variety of benefits that can be derived from our solutions to maximize their
potential benefits. If our solutions are not implemented or used correctly or as intended, inadequate performance may result. Because our customers rely on our
solutions to manage a wide range of tax compliance operations, the incorrect or improper implementation or use of our solutions, or our failure to provide adequate
support to our customers, may result in negative publicity or legal claims against us, which could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Also, as we continue to expand our customer base, any failure b y us to properly provide training and support will likely result in lost opportunities for additional
subscriptions for our solutions.
If
we
fail
to
effectively
maintain
and
enhance
our
brand,
our
business
may
suffer.
We believe that continuing to strengthen our brand will be critical to achieving widespread acceptance of our solutions and will require continued focus on
active marketing efforts. We may need to increase our investment in, and devote greater resources to, sales, marketing, and other efforts to create and maintain
brand awareness among customers. Our brand awareness efforts will require investment not just in our core U.S. sales tax determination service, but also in newer
services we have developed or acquired, such as our excise or lodging tax services, and in foreign markets. The demand for and cost of online and traditional
advertising have been increasing and may continue to increase. Brand promotion activities may not yield increased revenue, and even if they do, any increased
revenue may not offset the expenses incurred in building our brand. If we fail to promote and maintain our brand, or if we incur substantial expense in an
unsuccessful attempt to promote and maintain our brand, our business could suffer.
Changes
in
the
application,
scope,
interpretation,
or
enforcement
of
laws
and
regulations
pertaining
to
our
business
may
harm
our
business
or
results
of
operations,
subject
us
to
liabilities,
and
require
us
to
implement
new
compliance
programs
or
business
methods.
We perform a number of critical business functions for our customers, including remittance of the taxes our customers owe to taxing authorities. Our
electronic payment of customers’ taxes may be subject to federal or state laws or regulations relating to money transmission. The federal Bank Secrecy Act requires
that financial institutions, of which money transmitters are a subset, register with the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network and
maintain policies and procedures reasonably designed to monitor, identify, report and, where possible, avoid money laundering and criminal or terrorist financing
by customers. Most U.S. states also have laws that apply to money transmitters, and impose various licensure, examination, and bonding requirements on them. We
believe these federal and state laws and regulations were not intended to cover the business activity of remitting transaction taxes that taxpayers owe to the various
states. However, if federal or state regulators were to apply these laws and regulations to this business activity, whether through expansion of enforcement
activities, new interpretations of the scope of certain of these laws or regulations or of available exemptions, or otherwise, or if our activities are held by a court to
be covered by such laws or regulations, we could be required to expend time, money, and other resources to deal with enforcement actions and any penalties that
might be asserted, to institute and maintain a compliance program specific to money transmission laws, and possibly to change aspects of how we conduct business
to achieve compliance or minimize regulation. Application of these laws to our business could also make it more difficult or costly for us to maintain our banking
relationships. Financial institutions may also be unwilling to provide banking services to us due to concerns about the large dollar volume moving into and out of
our accounts on behalf of our customers in the ordinary course of our business. As we continue to expand the solutions we offer and the jurisdictions in which we
offer them, we could become subject to other licensing, examination, or regulatory requirements relating to financial services.
24
Determining the transaction taxes owed by our customers involves providing our platform w ith the types and prices of products they sell, as well as
information regarding addresses that products are shipped from and delivered to. Our tax exemption certificate management solution also requires input of certain
information regarding the purchaser s who are entitled to tax exemptions. Numerous federal, state, and local laws and regulations govern the collection,
dissemination, use, and safeguarding of certain personal information. Additional laws and regulations have been proposed or enacted that wo uld impose new
requirements with respect to personal information. For example, the recently-enacted California Consumer Privacy Act, which will become effective on January 1,
2020, will impose restrictions on companies’ use of personal data. Although most of the data that is provided to our services by our customers cannot be used to
identify individual consumers, we may be subject to these laws in certain circumstances. Most states have also adopted data security breach laws that require notice
be given to affected consumers in the event of a security breach. In the event of a security breach, our compliance with these laws may subject us to costs
associated with notice and remediation, as well as potential investigations from federal regulatory agencies an d state attorneys general. A failure on our part to
safeguard consumer data adequately or to destroy data securely may subject us, depending on the personal information in question, to costs associated with notice
and remediation, as well as potential regu latory investigations or enforcement actions, and possibly to civil liability, under federal or state data security or unfair
practices or consumer protection laws. If federal or state regulators were to expand their enforcement activities, or change their interpretation of the applicability of
these laws, or if new laws regarding privacy and protection of consumer data were to be adopted, the burdens and costs of complying with them could increase
significantly, harming our results of operations and possib ly the manner in which we conduct our business.
As our business increasingly involves dealings with foreign customers or compliance with foreign tax regimes, we also are subject to data security and
privacy protection requirements in foreign jurisdictions. For example, the European Union (the E.U.) adopted the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR),
which became effective on May 25, 2018. This regulation requires certain operational changes for companies that receive or process personal data of residents of
the E.U. and includes significant penalties for non-compliance. Moreover, on August 14, 2018, Brazil enacted the General Data Protection Law, which will impose
detailed rules for the collection, use, processing and storage of personal data in Brazil when it becomes effective in 2020. In addition, on July 27, 2018, a committee
formed by the Indian government issued a report and draft data protection bill that has been submitted for consideration to the Ministry of Electronics and
Information Technology. Other governmental authorities around the world are considering implementing similar types of legislative and regulatory proposals
concerning data protection. We may incur significant costs to comply with these mandatory privacy and security standards.
Economic
conditions
and
regulatory
changes
that
may
result
from
the
United
Kingdom’s
prospective
exit
from
the
European
Union
could
adversely
affect
our
business,
financial
condition
and
results
of
operations.
On June 23, 2016, the United Kingdom (the U.K.) held a referendum in which voters approved an exit from the E.U., commonly referred to as “Brexit.”
On March 29, 2017, the U.K. gave formal notice of its intention to leave the E.U., triggering the process of negotiating the U.K.’s exit. The resolution and impact of
Brexit is uncertain, but it has the potential to significantly disrupt the free movement of goods, services, and people between the U.K., the E.U., and other nations,
increase legal and regulatory complexities, increase costs of conducting business in Europe, and lead to global economic uncertainty. Because we have based our
European operations in the U.K., any of these effects of Brexit, among others, could adversely affect our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
25
W
e
may
not
be
able
to
secure
additional
financing
on
favorable
terms,
or
at
all,
to
meet
our
future
capital
needs,
which
could
harm
our
business,
results
of
operations,
financial
condition,
and
prospects.
We intend to continue making substantial investments to fund our business and support our growth. In addition to the revenue we generate from our
business, we may need to engage in equity or debt financings to provide necessary funds. The success of any future financing efforts depends on many factors
outside of our control, including market forces, investment banking trends, and demand by investors. We may not be successful in raising additional capital at an
acceptable valuation, on favorable terms, when we require it, or at all. If we raise additional funds through future issuances of equity or convertible debt securities,
our existing shareholders could suffer dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences, and privileges senior to those of holders of
our capital stock. Debt financing, if available, may involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters,
which could reduce our operational flexibility or make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential
acquisitions. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us when we require it, our ability to continue to support our
business growth and to respond to business challenges could be significantly impaired, and our business may suffer. In addition, our inability to generate or obtain
the financial resources needed may require us to delay, scale back, or eliminate some or all of our operations, which may harm our business, results of operations,
financial condition, and prospects.
Debt
service
obligations,
financial
covenants,
and
other
provisions
of
our
credit
agreement
could
adversely
affect
our
financial
condition
and
impair
our
ability
to
operate
our
business.
We maintain a loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank and Ally Bank, or the Lenders. The credit arrangements included a senior secured
$30.0 million term loan facility and currently include a $50.0 million revolving credit facility or, collectively, the Credit Facilities. In June 2018, we repaid all
borrowings outstanding under the revolving credit facility and in August 2018 we repaid all amounts outstanding under the term loan facility, which is no longer
available to be borrowed.
The Credit Facilities are described in the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—
Liquidity and Capital Resources—Borrowings.” The Credit Facilities could have significant negative consequences to us, such as:
•
•
•
•
•
•
requiring us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to pay principal of, and interest on, our indebtedness, thereby
reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, or other general corporate purposes, or to carry out other
business strategies;
increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions and limiting our ability to withstand competitive pressures;
harming our results of operations, particularly if our interest expense increases due to an increase in our outstanding indebtedness or an increase in
interest rates;
harming our financial condition and impairing our ability to grow and operate our business;
limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and future business opportunities; and
limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, and other business strategies.
If we borrow additional amounts under the revolving credit facility, our ability to meet our debt obligations under the Credit Facilities and other expenses
will depend on our future performance, which will be affected by financial, business, economic, regulatory, and other factors, many of which we are unable to
control. If our business does not perform as expected, or if we generate less than anticipated revenue or encounter significant unexpected costs, we may default
under the Credit Facilities, which could require us to repay outstanding obligations, terminate the Credit Facilities, suffer cross-defaults in other contractual
obligations, or pay significant damages. For example, for a period in early 2017, we were not in compliance with the minimum net billing covenant under the
Credit Facilities and, as a result, we entered into amendments to the Credit Facilities to modify this covenant. If we are unable to satisfy our debt covenants in the
future, or otherwise default under the Credit Facilities, our operations may be interrupted, and our ability to fund our operations or obligations, as well as our
business, financial results, and financial condition, could suffer.
26
Our
ability
to
use
our
net
operating
loss
to
offset
future
taxable
income
may
be
subject
to
certain
limitations.
As of December 31, 2018, we had U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, of approximately $342.5 million due to prior period losses. In
general, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” is subject to
limitations on its ability to utilize its NOLs to offset future taxable income. Our existing NOLs may be subject to limitations arising from previous ownership
changes. Future changes in our stock ownership, the causes of which may be outside of our control, could result in an ownership change under Section 382 of the
Code. Our NOLs may also be impaired under state laws. Furthermore, our ability to utilize NOLs of companies that we may acquire in the future may be subject to
limitations. There is also a risk that due to regulatory changes, such as suspensions on the use of NOLs, or other unforeseen reasons, our existing NOLs could
expire or otherwise be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities. For these reasons, we may not be able to realize a tax benefit from the use of our NOLs,
whether or not we attain profitability.
If
we
fail
to
attract
and
retain
qualified
personnel,
our
business
could
be
harmed.
Our success depends in large part on our ability to attract, integrate, motivate, and retain highly qualified personnel at a reasonable cost, particularly sales
and marketing personnel, software developers, technical support, and research and development personnel on the terms we desire. Competition for skilled
personnel is intense and we may not be successful in attracting, motivating, and retaining needed personnel. We also may be unable to attract or integrate into our
operations qualified personnel on the schedule we desire. Our inability to attract, integrate, motivate, and retain the necessary personnel could harm our business.
Dealing with the loss of the services of our executive officers or key personnel and the process to replace any of our executive officers or key personnel may
involve significant time and expense, take longer than anticipated, and significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our business objectives, which would harm
our financial condition, results of operations, and business.
We
need
to
continue
making
significant
investments
in
software
development
and
equipment
to
improve
our
business.
To improve the scalability, security, efficiency, and failover aspects of our solutions, and to support the expansion of our solutions into other tax types,
such as international VAT, additional excise taxes, or additional lodging taxes, we will need to continue making significant capital equipment expenditures and also
invest in additional software and infrastructure development. If we experience increasing demand in subscriptions, we may not be able to augment our
infrastructure quickly enough to accommodate such increasing demand. In the event of decreases in subscription sales, certain of our fixed costs, such as for capital
equipment, may make it difficult for us to adjust our expenses downward quickly. Additionally, we are continually updating our software and content, creating
expenses for us. We may also need to review or revise our software architecture as we grow, which may require significant resources and investments.
If
economic
conditions
worsen,
it
may
negatively
affect
our
business
and
financial
performance.
Our financial performance depends, in part, on the state of the economy. Declining levels of economic activity may lead to declines in spending and fewer
transactions for which transaction tax is due, which may result in decreased revenue for us. Concern about the strength of the economy may slow the rate at which
businesses of all sizes are willing to hire an outside vendor to perform the determination and remittance of their transaction taxes and filing of related returns. If our
customers and potential customers experience financial hardship as a result of a weak economy, industry consolidation, or other factors, the overall demand for our
solutions could decrease. If economic conditions worsen, our business, results of operations, and financial condition could be harmed.
27
Sales
to
customers
or
operations
outside
the
United
States
may
expose
us
to
risks
inherent
in
international
sales.
Historically, transactions occurring outside of the United States have represented a very small portion of our transactions processed. However, we intend to
continue to expand our international sales efforts, including through our sales operations in Europe, India, and Brazil. Operating in international markets requires
significant resources and management attention and will subject us to regulatory, economic, and political risks that are different from those in the United States.
Because of our limited experience with international operations, our international expansion efforts may not be successful. We may rely heavily on third parties
outside of the United States, in which event we may be harmed if we invest time and resources into such business relationships but do not see significant sales from
such efforts. Potential risks and challenges associated with sales to customers and operations outside the United States include:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
compliance with multiple conflicting and changing governmental laws and regulations, including employment, tax, money transmission, privacy,
and data protection laws and regulations;
laws and business practices favoring local competitors;
new and different sources of competition;
securing new integrations for international technology platforms;
localization of our solutions, including translation into foreign languages, obtaining and maintaining local content, and customer care in various
native languages;
treatment of revenue from international sources and changes to tax rules, including being subject to foreign tax laws and being liable for paying
withholding of income or other taxes in foreign jurisdictions;
fluctuation of foreign currency exchange rates;
different pricing environments;
restrictions on the transfer of funds;
difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations;
availability of reliable broadband connectivity in areas targeted for expansion;
different or lesser protection of our intellectual property;
longer sales cycles;
natural disasters, acts of war, terrorism, pandemics, or security breaches;
compliance with various anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act;
regional or national economic and political conditions; and
pressure on the creditworthiness of sovereign nations resulting from liquidity issues or political actions.
Any of these factors could negatively impact our business and results of operations.
Our
ability
to
protect
our
intellectual
property
is
limited
and
our
solutions
are,
and
may
in
the
future
be,
subject
to
claims
of
infringement
by
third
parties.
Our success depends, in part, upon our proprietary technology, processes, trade secrets, and other proprietary information and our ability to protect this
information from unauthorized disclosure and use. We primarily rely upon a combination of confidentiality procedures, contractual provisions, copyright,
trademark, and trade secret laws, and other similar measures to protect our proprietary information and intellectual property. We also use patents, including those of
our acquired businesses, to protect certain of our intellectual property. Our trademarks and service marks include Avalara, the Avalara logo, AvaTax, the Avalara
Compliance Cloud, “Tax compliance done right,” marks for our acquired businesses, and various marketing slogans. Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary
rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy aspects of our solutions or to obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary, and third parties may
attempt to develop similar technology independently. Our means of protecting our proprietary rights may not be adequate.
28
In addition, third parties have claimed, and may in the future claim, infringement by us with respec t to current or future solutions or other intellectual
property rights. See “Legal Proceedings” in Part I, Item 3 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information regarding recent litigation. The software and
Internet industries are characterized by the existence of a large number of patents, trademarks, and copyrights and by frequent litigation based on allegations of
infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. The outcome of any claims or litigation, regardless of the merits, is inherently uncertain. Any
existing or future claims and lawsuits, and the disposition of such claims and lawsuits, whether through settlement or licensing discussions, or litigation, could be
time-consuming and expensive to resolve, divert management at tention from executing our strategies, result in efforts to enjoin our activities, lead to attempts on
the part of other parties to pursue similar claims, and, in the case of intellectual property claims, require us to change our technology, change our bus iness
practices, pay monetary damages, or enter into short- or long-term royalty or licensing agreements. Any adverse determination related to any existing or future
intellectual property claims or other litigation could prevent us from offering our soluti ons to others, could be material to our financial condition or cash flows, or
both, or could otherwise harm our results of operations.
Indemnity
provisions
in
our
subscription
agreements
potentially
expose
us
to
substantial
liability
for
intellectual
property
infringement
and
other
losses.
In many of our subscription agreements with our customers, we agree to indemnify our customers against any losses or costs incurred in connection with
claims by a third party alleging that a customer’s use of our solutions infringes on the intellectual property rights of the third party. Customers facing infringement
claims may in the future seek indemnification from us under the terms of our contracts. If such claims are successful, or if we are required to indemnify or defend
our customers from these or other claims, these matters could be disruptive to our business and management and harm our business, results of operations, and
financial condition.
We
use
open
source
software
in
our
platform
and
solutions,
which
may
subject
us
to
litigation
or
other
actions
that
could
harm
our
business.
We use open source software in our platform and solutions, and we may use more open source software in the future. In the past, companies that have
incorporated open source software into their products have faced claims challenging the ownership of open source software or compliance with open source license
terms. Accordingly, we could be subject to suits by parties claiming ownership of what we believe to be open source software or claiming noncompliance with
open source licensing terms. Some open source software licenses require users who incorporate open source software as part of their software or services to
publicly disclose all or part of the source code to such software or make available any derivative works of the open source code on unfavorable terms or at no cost.
If applicable, such licenses could require us to release our proprietary source code, pay damages, re-engineer our applications, discontinue sales, or take other
remedial action, any of which could harm our business. In addition, if the license terms for updated or enhanced versions of the open source software we utilize
change, we may be forced to re-engineer our platform or solutions or incur additional costs.
Risks Relating to Ownership of Our Common Stock
Our
stock
price
has
been
and
likely
will
continue
to
be
volatile
and
may
decline
regardless
of
our
operating
performance,
resulting
in
substantial
losses
for
investors
in
our
common
stock.
The market price and trading volume of our common stock may fluctuate significantly regardless of our operating performance, in response to numerous
factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:
•
•
•
actual or anticipated fluctuations in our results of operations;
the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in these projections or our failure to meet these projections;
failure of securities analysts to initiate or maintain coverage of our company, changes in financial estimates or ratings by any securities analysts
who follow our company, or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;
29
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
announcements by us or our competitors of significant technical innovations, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, results of
operations, or capital commitments;
changes in our Board of Directors or management;
changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of other technology companies generally, or those in our industry in particular;
price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market, including as a result of trends in the economy as a whole;
sales of large blocks of our common stock, including sales by our executive officers, directors, or significant shareholders;
lawsuits threatened or filed against us;
changes in laws or regulations applicable to our business;
the expiration of contractual lock-up agreements;
changes in our capital structure, such as future issuances of debt or equity securities;
short sales, hedging, and other derivative transactions involving our capital stock;
general economic conditions in the United States and internationally;
other events or factors, including those resulting from war, incidents of terrorism, or responses to these events; and
the other factors described in these risk factors.
In addition, stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity
securities of many technology companies. Stock prices of many technology companies have fluctuated in a manner unrelated or disproportionate to the operating
performance of those companies. In the past, shareholders have instituted securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were to
become involved in securities litigation, it could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management from our business, and harm our
business, financial condition, and results of operations.
We
may
not
be
able
to
determine
in
the
future
that
our
internal
controls
over
financial
reporting
are
effective,
and
we
may
not
receive
an
auditor
attestation
regarding
our
internal
controls
in
the
foreseeable
future.
We will be required to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting for the
first time for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2019. As discussed below in these risk factors, we have identified a significant deficiency in our internal controls
over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018. If we identify material weaknesses in the future, our management will be unable to conclude that our internal
controls over financial reporting are effective. Our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest formally to the effectiveness of our
internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act until the later of the year following our first annual report required to
be filed with the SEC or the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. Accordingly, you will not be able to depend on any
attestation concerning our internal controls over financial reporting from our independent registered public accountants for the foreseeable future.
Substantial
future
sales
of
shares
of
our
common
stock
could
cause
the
market
price
of
our
common
stock
to
decline.
Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock, particularly sales by our directors, executive officers, and significant shareholders, or the
perception that these sales might occur, could depress the market price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of
additional equity securities. We are unable to predict the effect that such sales may have on the prevailing market price of our common stock.
30
In addition, as of December 31 , 2018, there were 11,168,494 shares of common stock issuable upon vestin g and exercise of outstanding options and
vesting of outstanding RSUs. In connection with our initial public offering (“IPO”) , we filed a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to
register shares of our common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our equity compensation plans and agreements. Accordingly, these shares will be able to
be freely sold in the public market upon issuance as permitted by any applicable securities laws and applicable vesting requirements.
Certain holders of our common stock are entitled to rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares, or
to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or our shareholders.
Our
directors,
officers,
and
5%
or
greater
shareholders
beneficially
own
a
majority
of
our
outstanding
voting
stock
and
are
able
to
control
shareholder
decisions
on
very
important
matters.
The members of our Board of Directors, our executive officers, our 5% or greater shareholders, and their respective affiliates beneficially own, in the
aggregate, approximately 62% of our outstanding voting stock as of December 31, 2018. As a result, such shareholders collectively have the power to control our
management policy, fundamental corporate actions, including mergers, substantial acquisitions and dispositions, and election of directors to our Board of Directors.
The concentrated voting power of these shareholders could have the effect of delaying or preventing a significant corporate transaction such as a sale, merger, or
public offering of our capital stock. This influence over our affairs could, under some circumstances, be adverse to the interests of the other shareholders.
If
securities
or
industry
analysts
do
not
publish
research
or
reports
about
our
business,
or
publish
inaccurate
or
negative
reports
about
our
business,
our
share
price
and
trading
volume
could
decline.
The trading market for our common stock depends in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business,
our market, and our competitors. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our shares or publish
inaccurate or negative reports about our business, our share price would likely decline. If few securities analysts commence coverage of us, or if one or more of
these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause our
share price or trading volume to decline.
We
are
an
“emerging
growth
company”
and
intend
to
comply
with
the
reduced
disclosure
and
regulatory
requirements,
which
may
make
our
common
stock
less
attractive
to
investors.
We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we intend to take advantage of reduced disclosure and regulatory
requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies. As an emerging growth company:
•
•
•
we are not required to obtain an attestation report from our independent registered public accounting firm on our internal control over financial
reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;
we may present reduced disclosure regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements; and
we are not required to hold nonbinding advisory shareholder votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements.
We may take advantage of these reduced requirements until we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” which will occur upon the earlier of
(1) December 31, 2023 (the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our IPO), (2) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross
revenue is $1.07 billion or more, (3) the date on which we have, during the previous rolling three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt
securities, and (4) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” as defined in the Exchange Act. Investors may find our common stock less
attractive or our company less comparable to certain other public companies because we will rely on these reduced requirements.
31
In addition, pursuant to the JOBS Act, as an “emerging growth company” we have elected to take advantage of an extended transition period for complying
with new or revised accounting standards. This effectively permits us to delay adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply
to private co mpanies. As a result, our consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of issuers who are required to comply
with the effective dates for new or revised accounting standards that are applicable to public companies, wh ich may make our common stock less attractive to
investors.
The
requirements
of
being
a
public
company
may
strain
our
resources,
divert
management’s
attention,
affect
our
ability
to
attract
and
retain
additional
executive
management
and
qualified
board
members,
and
result
in
litigation.
As a public company, we are subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and
Consumer Protection Act of 2010, the listing requirements of the New York Stock Exchange, and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance
with these rules and regulations has increased our legal and financial compliance costs, made some activities more difficult, time-consuming, or costly, and
increased demand on our systems and resources, and such costs and demands may increase further after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” The
Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we timely file annual, quarterly, and current reports with respect to our business and results of operations. The
Sarbanes-Oxley Act also requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting.
Significant resources and management oversight will be required to improve and maintain our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial
reporting. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could harm our business and results of operations. Although
we already have hired additional employees to comply with these requirements, we may need to hire more employees or engage outside consultants to comply with
these requirements, increasing our costs and expenses.
In addition, changing laws, regulations, and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies,
increasing legal and financial compliance costs, and making some activities more time-consuming. These laws, regulations, and standards are subject to varying
interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by
regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to
disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations, and standards, and this investment may result in
increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from other business concerns. If our efforts to comply with new
laws, regulations, and standards do not meet the standards intended by regulatory or governing bodies, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against
us, and our business may suffer.
Being a public company also has made it more expensive for us to obtain and maintain director and officer liability insurance, and, in the future, we may be
required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain
qualified executive officers and qualified members of our Board of Directors, particularly to serve on our Audit Committee and our Compensation and Leadership
Development Committee.
As a result of disclosure of information in filings required of a public company, our business and financial condition has become more visible, which we
believe may result in threatened or actual litigation, including by competitors and other third parties. If such claims are successful, our business and results of
operations could suffer, and even if the claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor, these claims, and the time and resources necessary to resolve
them, could divert the resources of our management and harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
32
We
have
identified
a
significant
deficiency,
and
have
in
the
past
experienced
a
material
weakness,
in
our
internal
controls
over
financial
reporting,
and
if
we
fail
to
remediate
this
significant
deficiency
or
experience
additional
material
weaknesses
in
the
future
or
to
otherwise
maintain
effective
financial
reporting
systems
and
processes,
w
e
may
be
unable
to
accurately
and
timely
report
our
financial
results
or
comply
with
the
requirements
of
being
a
public
company,
which
could
cause
the
price
of
our
common
stock
to
decline
and
harm
our
business.
We identified a significant deficiency in our internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, which has not been remediated. The
significant deficiency was also present as of December 31, 2017. The significant deficiency resulted from not having sufficient general information technology
controls responsive to risk in the information technology environment. We continue implementing our remediation plan for this significant deficiency.
We cannot assure you that the measures we have taken to date, and are continuing to implement, will be sufficient to avoid potential future material
weaknesses or significant deficiencies. Moreover, we cannot be certain that we will not in the future have additional significant deficiencies or material weaknesses
in our internal controls over financial reporting, or that we will successfully remediate any that we find. In addition, the processes and systems we have developed
to date have not been fully tested, and they may not be adequate. Accordingly, there could continue to be a reasonable possibility that the significant deficiency we
have identified or other material weaknesses or deficiencies could result in a misstatement of our accounts or disclosures that would result in a material
misstatement of our financial statements that would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis, or cause us to fail to meet our obligations to file periodic
financial reports on a timely basis. Any of these failures could result in adverse consequences that could materially and adversely affect our business, including an
adverse impact on the market price of our common stock, potential action by the SEC against us, possible defaults under our debt agreements, shareholder lawsuits,
delisting of our stock, and general damage to our reputation.
Provisions
in
our
charter
documents
and
under
Washington
law
could
make
an
acquisition
of
our
company
more
difficult
and
limit
attempts
by
our
shareholders
to
replace
or
remove
our
current
management.
Our amended and restated articles of incorporation, or our Articles, and our amended and restated bylaws, or our Bylaws, include a number of provisions
that may have the effect of deterring takeovers or delaying or preventing changes in control or changes in our management that a shareholder might deem to be in
his or her best interest. These provisions include the following:
•
•
•
•
•
our Board of Directors may issue up to 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock, with any rights or preferences as it may designate;
our Articles and Bylaws provide (1) for the division of our Board of Directors into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible, with the
directors in each class serving for three-year terms, and one class being elected each year by our shareholders, (2) that a director may only be
removed from the Board of Directors for cause by the affirmative vote of our shareholders, (3) that vacancies on our Board of Directors may be
filled only by the Board of Directors, and (4) that only our Board of Directors may change the size of our Board of Directors, which provisions
together generally make it more difficult for shareholders to replace a majority of our Board of Directors;
Washington law, our Articles, and Bylaws limit the ability of shareholders from acting by written consent by requiring unanimous written consent
for shareholder action to be effective;
our Bylaws limit who may call a special meeting of shareholders to our Board of Directors, chairperson of our Board of Directors, chief executive
officer, or president;
our Bylaws provide that shareholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of shareholders or to nominate candidates for election as
directors at a meeting of shareholders must provide timely advance written notice to us, and specify requirements as to the form and content of a
shareholder’s notice, which may preclude shareholders from bringing matters before a meeting of shareholders or from making nominations for
directors at a meeting of shareholders;
33
•
•
our Articles do not provide for cumulative voting for our directors, which may make it more difficult for shareholders owning less than a majority
of our capital stock to elect any members to our Board of Directors; and
our Articles and Bylaws provide that shareholders can amend or repeal the Bylaws only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds
of the outstanding voting power of our capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single group.
Additionally, unless approved by a majority of our “continuing directors,” as that term is defined in our Articles, specified provisions of our Articles may
not be amended or repealed without the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting power of our capital stock entitled to vote on
the action, voting together as a single group, including the following provisions:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
those providing that shareholders can amend or repeal the Bylaws only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the
outstanding voting power of our capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single group;
those providing for the division of our Board of Directors into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible, with the directors in each class
serving for three-year terms, and one class being elected each year by our shareholders;
those providing that a director may only be removed from the Board of Directors for cause by the affirmative vote of our shareholders;
those providing that vacancies on our Board of Directors may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office or
by the sole remaining director;
those providing that only our Board of Directors may change the size of our Board of Directors;
those requiring the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting power of our capital stock entitled to vote on the
action, voting together as a single group, to amend or repeal specified provisions of our Articles; and
those that limit who may call a special meeting of shareholders to only our Board of Directors, chairperson of our Board of Directors, chief
executive officer, or president.
The provisions described above may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our shareholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more
difficult for shareholders to replace members of our Board of Directors, which is responsible for appointing our management. In addition, because we are
incorporated in the State of Washington, we are governed by the provisions of Chapter 23B.19 of the Washington Business Corporation Act, which prohibits
certain business combinations between us and certain significant shareholders unless specified conditions are met. These provisions may also have the effect of
delaying or preventing a change in control of our company, even if this change in control would benefit our shareholders.
We
have
never
paid
cash
dividends
and
do
not
anticipate
paying
any
cash
dividends
on
our
capital
stock.
We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the
operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future. In addition, our ability to pay dividends on our
capital stock is restricted by our Credit Facilities and may be prohibited or limited by the terms of our current and future debt financing arrangements.
34
Item 1B. Unresolve d Staff Comments .
Not applicable.
Item 2. Properties.
Our corporate headquarters are located in Seattle, Washington, where we occupy approximately 114,510 square feet of office space under a lease that
expires in 2028. We maintain additional offices in the United States, Canada, United Kingdom, Belgium, Brazil, and India.
We lease all of our facilities, and we do not own any real property. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate for our current needs and that
suitable additional or alternative space would be available to us to lease on commercially reasonable terms if and when we need it.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings.
From time to time, we may become involved in other legal proceedings or be subject to claims arising in the ordinary course of our business. Regardless of
the outcome of any existing or future litigation, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management
resources, and other factors.
On October 22, 2018, PTP OneClick, LLC (“PTP”) filed a lawsuit against Avalara, Inc. in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of
Wisconsin. The lawsuit alleges that making, using, offering to sell, and selling AvaTax, Avalara Returns, and TrustFile (the “Avalara Products”) infringe U.S.
Patent No. 9,760,915 held by PTP and also alleges unspecified trade secret misappropriation, unfair competition, and breach of contract. PTP seeks judgments of
willful patent infringement, willful trade secret misappropriation, unfair competition, and breach of contract. PTP requests preliminary and permanent injunctions
to enjoin us from making, using, offering to sell, and selling the Avalara Products along with treble damages and attorneys’ fees. Based upon our review of the
complaint and the specified patent, we believe we have meritorious defenses to PTP’s claims. On November 7, 2018, we moved to dismiss the lawsuit and to have
the patent held invalid. We have also moved to transfer the matter to the United States District Court located in Seattle, Washington. We intend to continue to
vigorously defend against PTP’s allegations. For a description of the risks of this and similar litigation, see the section of this prospectus titled “Risk Factors—Our
ability to protect our intellectual property is limited and our solutions are, and may in the future be, subject to claims of infringement by third parties.”
Item 4. Min e Safety Disclosures.
Not applicable.
35
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.
Market Information for Common Stock
Our common stock has been listed on the New York Stock Exchange, under the symbol “AVLR” since June 15, 2018. Prior to that date, there was no
public trading market for our common stock. Our IPO was priced at $24.00 per share.
PART II
Dividend Policy
We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in
the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Our ability to pay dividends on our
common stock is restricted by the Credit Facilities. Any future determination to declare dividends will be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will
depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general business conditions, and other factors that our Board of Directors may deem
relevant.
Holders
As of December 31, 2018, we had 405 holders of record of our common stock. Because many of our shares of common stock are held by brokers and other
institutions on behalf of shareholders, we are unable to estimate the total number of shareholders represented by these record holders.
Stock Performance Graph
The graph below compares the cumulative total return on our common stock with that of the S&P 500 Index and the RDG Software Composite. The period
shown commences on June 15, 2018, and ends on December 31, 2018, the end of our last fiscal year. The graph assumes an investment of $100 in each of the
above on the close of market on June 15, 2018. The stock price performance graph is not necessarily indicative of future price performance.
36
Company/Index
Avalara, Inc.
S&P 500
RDG Software Composite
Base Period
6/15/2018
6/30/2018
9/30/2018
12/31/2018
$
100.00 $
100.00
100.00
118.76 $
100.62
99.22
77.73 $
108.37
113.60
69.31
93.72
99.71
Our common stock cumulative total return presented on the graph and table above is based on our closing stock price of $44.94 per share on June 15, 2018.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
None.
Use of Proceeds
On June 14, 2018, the SEC declared effective the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333- 224850) for our IPO. Using a portion of the proceeds
from the IPO, on August 15, 2018, we repaid all amounts outstanding under our term loan facility. Apart from the repayment of our term loan facility, there has
been no material change in the planned use of proceeds from our IPO as described in our final prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b).
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
None.
37
Item 6. Selected Financial Data.
We derived the following selected consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016 and the selected
consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 from audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K. The consolidated statements of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2015, and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December
31, 2016, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The selected financial data set
forth below should be read together with the financial statements and the related notes to those statements, as well as the section of this report titled “Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
For the Year Ended December 31,
2018
2017
2016
2015
(in thousands, except per share data)
Revenue:
Subscription and returns
Professional services
Total revenue
Cost of revenue:
Subscription and returns
Professional services
Total cost of revenue (1)
Gross profit
Operating expenses:
Research and development (1)
Sales and marketing (1)
General and administrative (1)
Restructuring charges
Goodwill impairment
Total operating expenses
Operating loss
Total other (income) expense, net
Loss before income taxes
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
Net loss
Net loss attributable to common shareholders -
basic and diluted (2)
Net loss per share attributable to common shareholders -
basic and diluted (2)
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding -
basic and diluted (2)
Non-GAAP Financial Data
Non-GAAP operating loss (3)
Free cash flow (4)
(1)
The stock-based compensation expense included above was as follows:
$
254,056 $
18,042
272,098
199,942 $
13,217
213,159
154,967 $
12,459
167,426
66,556
12,093
78,649
193,449
51,909
168,817
39,603
—
9,174
269,503
(76,054)
472
(76,526)
(976)
(75,550) $
48,849
9,128
57,977
155,182
41,264
133,794
34,286
752
8,418
218,514
(63,332)
2,013
(65,345)
(1,219)
(64,126) $
41,307
7,206
48,513
118,913
32,848
103,483
36,875
—
—
173,206
(54,293)
2,955
(57,248)
640
(57,888) $
112,804
10,354
123,158
34,856
5,889
40,745
82,413
29,787
98,686
33,683
—
—
162,156
(79,743)
1,614
(81,357)
(3,593)
(77,764)
(75,550) $
(64,126) $
(57,888) $
(77,764)
(1.95) $
(11.39) $
(10.15) $
(16.96)
38,692
5,632
5,706
4,586
(44,971) $
(18,545)
(37,425) $
(17,496)
(41,107) $
(28,356)
(68,660)
(54,920)
$
$
$
$
38
Cost of revenue
Research and development
Sales and marketing
General and administrative
Total stock-based compensation
The amortization of acquired intangibles included above was as follows:
Cost of revenue
Research and development
Sales and marketing
General and administrative
Total amortization of acquired intangibles
2018
2017
2016
2015
For the Year Ended December 31,
1,665 $
3,179
5,492
5,585
15,921 $
(in thousands)
976 $
2,391
3,789
4,601
11,757 $
856 $
1,265
2,209
3,782
8,112 $
For the Year Ended December 31,
2018
2017
2016
2015
4,020 $
—
1,951
17
5,988 $
(in thousands)
3,717 $
—
1,913
102
5,732 $
3,244 $
—
1,706
124
5,074 $
496
1,120
1,705
3,699
7,020
2,512
—
1,423
128
4,063
$
$
$
$
(2)
(3)
(4)
See Note 12 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements included in this report for an explanation of the method used to calculate basic and diluted
net loss per share attributable to common shareholders and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.
We calculate non-GAAP operating loss as operating loss before stock-based compensation expense, amortization of acquired intangibles, and goodwill
impairments. For more information about non-GAAP operating loss and a reconciliation of non-GAAP operating loss to operating loss, the most directly
comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, see “Use of Non-
GAAP Financial Measures”.
We define free cash flow as net cash (used in) provided by operating activities less cash used for the purchase of property and equipment. For more
information about free cash flow and a reconciliation of free cash flow to net cash used in operating activities, the most directly comparable financial
measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, see “Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures”.
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents
Working capital (excluding deferred revenue)
Total assets
Deferred revenue (current and noncurrent)
Credit facility (current and noncurrent)
Total liabilities
Convertible preferred stock
Total shareholders’ equity (deficit)
2018
As of December 31,
2017
(in thousands)
2016
$
142,322 $
146,886
322,932
134,653
-
213,379
-
109,553
14,075 $
7,998
178,812
92,231
39,465
201,483
370,921
(393,592)
20,230
13,341
182,514
72,480
24,683
154,754
370,921
(343,161)
39
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
You
should
read
the
following
discussion
and
analysis
of
our
financial
condition
and
results
of
operations
in
conjunction
with
the
consolidated
financial
statements
and
the
notes
thereto
included
elsewhere
in
this
Annual
Report
on
Form
10-K.
In
addition
to
historical
financial
information,
the
following
discussion
contains
forward-looking
statements
that
reflect
our
plans,
estimates,
beliefs
and
expectations
that
involve
risks
and
uncertainties.
Our
actual
results
and
the
timing
of
events
could
differ
materially
from
those
discussed
in
the
forward-looking
statements.
Factors
that
could
cause
or
contribute
to
these
differences
include
those
discussed
below
and
elsewhere
in
this
Annual
Report
on
Form
10-K,
particularly
in
the
sections
of
this
report
titled
“Risk
Factors”
and
“Special
Note
Regarding
Forward-Looking
Statements.”
Overview
We provide a leading suite of cloud-based solutions that help businesses of all types and sizes comply with transaction tax requirements worldwide. Our
Avalara Compliance Cloud offers a broad and growing suite of compliance solutions that enable businesses to address the complexity of transaction tax
compliance, process transactions in real time, produce detailed records of transaction tax determinations, and reduce errors, audit exposure and total transaction tax
compliance costs.
During 2018, we continued our focus on maintaining and expanding our partner network, which has been an essential part of our growth. We increased our
partner relationships and currently have more than 700 pre-built integrations. These integrations are designed to link our tax compliance solutions to a wide variety
of business applications, including accounting, ERP, ecommerce, POS, recurring billing, and CRM systems. Partners improve our sales efficiency by bringing us
qualified leads and provide for a better onboarding process and customer experience.
We sell our solutions primarily through our sales force, which focuses on selling to qualified leads provided by our marketing efforts and by partner
referrals. Most sales, to new and existing customers, are direct and are conducted via telephone, requiring minimal in-person interactions with customers or
prospects. In some cases, particularly for customers with larger and more complex needs, we conduct in-person sales. In addition, our marketing investments and
related activities generate awareness from many small businesses.
In 2018, we also continued our acquisition strategy to provide best-in-class solutions and expand our market opportunity by acquiring cross-border
technology to enable calculation and classification of tariffs and duties. In addition, we continued to invest organically by devoting significant resources to
continuous improvement of our existing solutions, by adding innovative and new features and functionalities, building technology to support new content, and
improving our customer’s product experience. We expect to continue to make significant investments to acquire accurate and relevant content and expertise to best
serve the transaction tax needs of our customers.
In June 2018, we completed an IPO listing our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange and sold approximately 8.6 million shares for net
proceeds of $192.5 million. Following the IPO, we repaid all our outstanding borrowings consisting of $33.0 million outstanding under our revolving credit facility
and $30.0 million outstanding under our term loan. As of December 31, 2018, we had no borrowings outstanding and $50.0 million remained available for
borrowing under our revolving credit facility. Additionally, we ended the year with $142.3 million of cash and cash equivalents.
Also, in June 2018, the U.S. Supreme Court issued its opinion in South
Dakota
v.
Wayfair,
Inc.
upholding South Dakota’s economic nexus law, which
requires certain out-of-state retailers to collect and remit sales taxes on sales into South Dakota. By the end of the year, 33 U.S. states, including California and
Texas, along with the District of Columbia, adopted economic nexus legislation. Several more states are considering similar legislation in 2019. These
developments increased awareness of transaction tax issues and we believe this increased the sense of urgency among many businesses to comply with new laws.
We believe we are well-positioned to benefit from these changes in 2019 and beyond.
40
Total revenue for 2018 was $272. 1 million, an increase of 28% from $213.2 million in 2017. Most of our revenue comes from subscriptions and returns,
with approximately 93% in 2018 and 94% in 2017. Our revenue growth was attributable, almost equally, to adding new customers and expanding service offerings
to existing customers. While only 6% of total revenue for 2018 was generated outside the U.S., we are targeting transaction tax markets in EMEA and Brazil.
We added approximately 1,580 core customers during 2018 and maintained a net revenue retention rate of 107% on average over the past four quarters.
We use core customers, which represent more than 85% of our total revenue, as a metric to focus our customer count reporting on the mid-market segment, which
is our primary market. We use net revenue retention rates to reflect the stability of our revenue base and to provide insight into our ability to grow existing
customer revenues.
While our revenue improved, our gross margin declined to 71% during 2018 from 73% during 2017. The decline in gross margin was due primarily to
higher software hosting costs, and to a lesser extent, higher costs to support our international products and operations.
Operating expenses increased in absolute dollars to $269.5 million in 2018 from $218.5 million in 2017, as we continued to make significant investments
in our future growth. Sales and marketing expenses were $168.8 million in 2018, or 62% of total revenue, compared to $133.8 million in 2017, or 63% of total
revenue. Sales commission expense increased $18.5 million to $35.2 million from $16.7 million of sales commission expense in 2017. Partner commission expense
increased $7.4 million to $21.7 million from $14.3 million of partner commission expense in 2017. Commissions earned by our partners were approximately 8% of
total revenue in 2018 compared to 7% of total revenue in 2017. To partially offset the impact of these investments in customer additions, we reduced our
discretionary spending on advertising and marketing in 2018.
Operating loss was $76.1 million during 2018 compared to an operating loss of $63.3 million during 2017. Our net loss was $75.6 million during 2018
compared to a net loss of $64.1 million during 2017. Both operating loss and net loss increased during 2018 due primarily to the decline in gross margin and higher
operating expenses described above. Non-GAAP operating loss was $45.0 million during 2018 compared to non-GAAP operating loss of $37.4 million during
2017. See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations—Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures”
for more information and a reconciliation of non-GAAP operating loss to operating loss.
We regularly review several metrics to evaluate growth trends, measure our performance, formulate financial projections, and make strategic decisions. We
discuss revenue and the components of operating results under “Key Components of Consolidated Statements of Operations,” and we discuss other key business
metrics below.
Key Business Metrics
Number of core customers
(as of end of period)
Net revenue retention rate
Number
of
Core
Customers
Dec 31,
2018
Sep 30,
2018
Jun 30,
2018
Mar 31,
2018
Dec 31,
2017
Sep 30,
2017
Jun 30,
2017
Mar 31,
2017
9,070
108%
8,490
105%
8,080
108%
7,760
109%
7,490
105%
7,250
107%
6,970
106%
6,650
109%
We believe core customers is a key indicator of our market penetration, growth, and potential future revenue. The mid-market has been and remains our
primary target market segment for marketing and selling our solutions. We use core customers as a metric to focus our customer count reporting on our primary
target market segment. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, we had approximately 9,070 and 7,490 core customers, respectively. In 2018, our core customers
represented more than 85% of our total revenue.
41
We define a core customer as:
•
•
•
a unique account identifier in our billing system, or a billing account (multiple companies or divisions within a single consolidated enterprise that
each have a separate unique account identifier are each treated as separate customers);
that is active as of the measurement date; and
for which we have recognized, as of the measurement date, greater than $3,000 in total revenue during the last twelve months.
Currently, our core customer count includes only customers with unique account identifiers in our primary U.S. billing systems and does not include
customers who subscribe to our solutions through our international subsidiaries or certain legacy billing systems, primarily related to past acquisitions. As we
increase our international operations and sales in future periods, we may add customers billed from our international subsidiaries to the core customer metric.
We have a substantial number of customers of various sizes who do not meet the revenue threshold to be considered a core customer. Many of these
customers are in the small business and self-serve segment of the marketplace, which represents strategic value and a growth opportunity for us. Customers who do
not meet the revenue threshold to be considered a core customer provide us with market share and awareness, and we anticipate that some may grow into core
customers.
Net
Revenue
Retention
Rate
We believe that our net revenue retention rate provides insight into our ability to retain and grow revenue from our customers, as well as their potential
long-term value to us. We also believe it reflects the stability of our revenue base, which is one of our core competitive strengths. We calculate our net revenue
retention rate by dividing (a) total revenue in the current quarter from any billing accounts that generated revenue during the corresponding quarter of the prior year
by (b) total revenue in such corresponding quarter from those same billing accounts. This calculation includes changes for these billing accounts, such as additional
solutions purchased, changes in pricing and transaction volume, and terminations, but does not reflect revenue for new billing accounts added during the one year
period. Currently, our net revenue retention rate calculation includes only customers with unique account identifiers in our primary U.S. billing systems and does
not include customers who subscribe to our solutions through our international subsidiaries or certain legacy billing systems, primarily related to past acquisitions.
Our net revenue retention rate was 107% on average for the four quarters ended December 31, 2018.
Revenue
Key Components of Consolidated Statements of Operations
We generate revenue from two primary sources: (1) subscriptions and returns; and (2) professional services. Subscription and returns revenue is driven
primarily by the acquisition of customers, customer renewals, and additional product offerings purchased by existing customers. Revenue from subscriptions and
returns comprised approximately 93%, 94%, and 93% of our revenue for 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively.
Subscription
and
Returns
Revenue
. Subscription and returns revenue primarily consists of fees paid by customers to use our solutions. Subscription plan
customers select a price plan that includes an allotted maximum number of transactions over the subscription term. Unused transactions are not carried over to the
customer’s next subscription term, and customers are not entitled to a refund of fees paid or relief from fees due if they do not use the allotted number of
transactions. If a subscription plan customer exceeds the selected maximum transaction level, we will generally upgrade the customer to a higher tier or, in some
cases, charge overage fees on a per transaction or return basis. Customers who purchase tax return preparation can purchase on a subscription basis for an allotted
number of returns or on a per filing basis.
42
Our subsc ription contracts are generally non-cancelable after the first 60 days of the contract term. We have historically experienced few cancel l ations
during the first 60 days. We generally invoice our subscription plan customers for the initial term at contract signing and at the beginning of each new term upon
renewal. Our initial terms generally range from twelve to eighteen months, and renewal periods are typically one year. Amounts that have been invoiced are
initially recorded as deferred revenue. Subscript ion revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the service term of the arrangement beginning on the date
that our solution is made available to the customer and ending at the expiration of the subscription term. When purchased on a per filing basi s, we recognize
revenue for returns when the return is filed with the tax authority . Since our customers typically file tax returns on a monthly or quarterly basis continuously
through the year, the pattern of revenue recognition is similar regardless of w hether returns are sold on a subscription basis or per filing basis. A greater proportion
of returns are sold on a subscription basis .
We generate interest income on funds held for customers. We hold customer funds in trust accounts at FDIC-insured institutions in order to provide tax
remittance services to customers. We collect funds from customers in advance of remittance to tax authorities. Prior to remittance, we earn interest on these funds.
Professional
Services
.
We generate professional services revenue from providing tax analysis, configurations, data migrations, integration, training and
other support services. We bill for service arrangements on a fixed fee or time and materials basis, and we recognize revenue as services are performed and are
collectable under the terms of the associated contracts.
Costs
and
Expenses
Cost
of
Revenue
.
Cost of revenue consists of costs related to providing the Avalara Compliance Cloud and supporting our customers and includes
personnel and related expenses, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, and stock-based compensation. In addition, cost of revenue includes direct costs associated
with information technology, such as data center and software hosting costs, and tax content maintenance. Cost of revenue also includes allocated costs for certain
information technology and facility expenses, along with depreciation of equipment and amortization of intangibles such as acquired technology from acquisitions.
We plan to continue to significantly expand our infrastructure and personnel to support our future growth, including through acquisitions, which we expect to result
in higher cost of revenue in absolute dollars.
Research
and
Development.
Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel and related expenses for our research and development
staff, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, and stock-based compensation, and the cost of third-party developers and other contractors. Research and development
costs, other than software development expenses qualifying for capitalization, are expensed as incurred. Capitalized software development costs consist primarily
of employee-related costs but to date have not been significant. Research and development expenses also include allocated costs for certain information technology
and facility expenses.
We devote substantial resources to enhancing the Avalara Compliance Cloud, developing new and enhancing existing solutions, conducting quality
assurance testing, and improving our core technology. We expect research and development expenses to increase in absolute dollars.
Sales
and
Marketing
.
Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel and related expenses for our sales and marketing staff, including
salaries, benefits, bonuses, sales commissions, and stock-based compensation, integration and referral partner commissions, costs of marketing and promotional
events, corporate communications, online marketing, solution marketing, and other brand-building activities. Sales and marketing expenses include allocated costs
for certain information technology and facility expenses, along with depreciation of equipment and amortization of intangibles such as customer databases from
acquisitions.
We expense partner commissions as incurred rather than recognizing them over the subscription period. Our partner commission expense has historically
been, and will continue to be, impacted by many factors, including the proportion of new and renewal revenues, the nature of the partner relationship, and the sales
mix among similar types of partners during the period. In general, integration partners are paid a higher commission for the initial sale to a new customer and a
lower commission for renewal sales. Additionally, we have several types of partners (e.g., integration and referral) that each earn different commission rates. For
2018, 2017, and 2016, we incurred $21.7 million, $14.3 million, and $9.9 million in commission expense to partners, respectively.
43
We expense sales commissions as incurred. Sales commissions are earned when a sales order is completed. For most sales orders, deferred revenue is
recorded when a sales order is invoiced, and the related revenue is recognized over the subscription term. The rates at which sales commissions are earned varies
depending on a variety of factors, including the nature of the sale (new, renewal, or add-on product offering), the type of product or solution sold, and the sales
channel. At the beginning of each y ear we set group and individual sales targets (quotas) for the full year. Additional sales commissions can be earned based on
achieving or exceeding these sales quotas.
We intend to continue to invest in sales and marketing and expect spending in these areas to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to expand our
business. We expect sales and marketing expenses to continue to be among the most significant components of our operating expenses.
General
and
Administrative
.
General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel and related expenses for administrative, finance,
information technology, legal, and human resources staff, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, and stock-based compensation, professional fees, insurance
premiums, and other corporate expenses that are not allocated to the above expense categories.
We expect our general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to expand our operations, hire additional personnel,
integrate acquisitions, and incur costs as a public company. We also expect to continue to incur increased expenses related to accounting, tax and auditing
activities, legal, insurance, SEC compliance, and internal control compliance.
Total
Other
(Income)
Expense,
Net
Total other (income) expense, net consists of interest income on cash and cash equivalents, interest expense on outstanding borrowings, quarterly
remeasurement of contingent consideration, realized foreign currency changes, and other nonoperating gains and losses. Interest expense on our borrowings is
based on a floating per annum rate at specified percentages above the prime rate.
44
Results of Operations
The comparability of periods covered by our financial statements can be impacted by acquisitions. In May 2018, we acquired developed technology to
facilitate cross-border transactions (e.g., tariffs and duties). In September 2016, we acquired a business in Brazil that provides certain tax-related compliance
solutions and content for the Brazilian market.
The following sets forth our results of operations for the periods presented.
Revenue:
Subscription and returns
Professional services
Total revenue
Cost of revenue:
Subscription and returns
Professional services
Total cost of revenue (1)
Gross profit
Operating expenses:
Research and development (1)
Sales and marketing (1)
General and administrative (1)
Restructuring charges
Goodwill impairment
Total operating expenses
Operating loss
Total other (income) expense, net
Loss before income taxes
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
Net loss
(1)
The stock-based compensation expense included above was as follows:
Cost of revenue
Research and development
Sales and marketing
General and administrative
Total stock-based compensation
45
2018
For the Year Ended December 31,
2017
(in thousands)
2016
254,056 $
18,042
272,098
66,556
12,093
78,649
193,449
51,909
168,817
39,603
-
9,174
269,503
(76,054)
472
(76,526)
(976)
(75,550) $
199,942 $
13,217
213,159
48,849
9,128
57,977
155,182
41,264
133,794
34,286
752
8,418
218,514
(63,332)
2,013
(65,345)
(1,219)
(64,126) $
154,967
12,459
167,426
41,307
7,206
48,513
118,913
32,848
103,483
36,875
-
-
173,206
(54,293)
2,955
(57,248)
640
(57,888)
2018
For the Year Ended December 31,
2017
(in thousands)
2016
1,665 $
3,179
5,492
5,585
15,921 $
976 $
2,391
3,789
4,601
11,757 $
856
1,265
2,209
3,782
8,112
$
$
$
$
The amortization of acquired intangibles included above was as follows:
Cost of revenue
Research and development
Sales and marketing
General and administrative
Total amortization of acquired intangibles
For the Year Ended December 31,
2018
2017
(in thousands)
2016
$
$
4,020 $
—
1,951
17
5,988 $
3,717 $
—
1,913
102
5,732 $
The following sets forth our results of operations as a percentage of our total revenue for the periods presented.
2018
For the Year Ended December 31,
2017
2016
Revenue:
Subscription and returns
Professional services
Total revenue
Cost of revenue:
Subscription and returns
Professional services
Total cost of revenue
Gross profit
Operating expenses:
Research and development
Sales and marketing
General and administrative
Restructuring charges
Goodwill impairment
Total operating expenses
Operating loss
Total other (income) expense, net
Loss before income taxes
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
Net loss
93%
7%
100%
24%
4%
29%
71%
19%
62%
15%
0%
3%
99%
(28)%
0%
(28)%
(0)%
(28)%
94%
6%
100%
23%
4%
27%
73%
19%
63%
16%
0%
4%
103%
(30)%
1%
(31)%
(1)%
(30)%
46
3,244
—
1,706
124
5,074
93%
7%
100%
25%
4%
29%
71%
20%
62%
22%
0%
0%
103%
(32)%
2%
(34)%
0%
(35)%
Year Ended December 31, 2018 as compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2017
Revenue
Revenue:
Subscription and returns
Professional services
Total revenue
For the Year Ended December 31,
Change
2018
2017
Amount
Percentage
(dollars in thousands)
$
$
254,056 $
18,042
272,098 $
199,942 $
13,217
213,159 $
54,114
4,825
58,939
27%
37%
28%
Total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased by $58.9 million, or 28%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. Subscription
and returns revenue for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased by $54.1 million, or 27%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. Professional
services revenue for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased by $4.8 million, or 37%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. Growth in total
revenue was due primarily to increased demand for our products and services from both new and existing customers. Of the increase in total revenue for the year
ended December 31, 2018 compared to 2017, approximately $29.6 million was attributable to existing customers, approximately $28.3 million was attributable to
new customers, and approximately $1.1 million was due to interest income on funds held for customers. Total subscription and returns revenue for 2018 included
$1.2 million related to our cross-border transactions technology acquired in May 2018.
Cost
of
Revenue
Cost of revenue
Subscription and returns
Professional services
Total cost of revenue
For the Year Ended December 31,
Change
2018
2017
Amount
Percentage
(dollars in thousands)
$
$
66,556 $
12,093
78,649 $
48,849 $
9,128
57,977 $
17,707
2,965
20,672
36%
32%
36%
Cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased by $20.7 million, or 36%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. The increase
in cost of revenue in absolute dollars was due primarily to an increase of $10.3 million in employee-related costs, an increase of $4.6 million in software hosting
costs, an increase of $2.2 million in allocated overhead cost, and an increase of $1.4 million in outside services expenses.
Our cost of revenue headcount increased approximately 15% from December 31, 2017 to December 31, 2018 due to our continued growth to support our
solutions and expand content. Employee-related costs increased due primarily to a $7.6 million increase in salaries and benefits, a $1.0 million increase in contract
and temporary employees, a $0.7 million increase in stock-based compensation expense, and a $0.8 million increase in compensation expense related to our bonus
plans. Software hosting costs have increased due primarily to higher transaction volumes and transitioning to a third-party hosting vendor. Allocated overhead
consists primarily of facility expenses and shared information technology expenses. Facility expenses increased in 2018 due primarily to the costs associated with
our new corporate headquarters in Seattle, Washington. We moved into these facilities in February 2018. Outside services expenses increased due primarily to the
use of third-party consulting firms to support product and service offerings in our international operations.
47
Gross
Profit
Gross profit
Subscription and returns
Professional services
Total gross profit
Gross margin
Subscription and returns
Professional services
Total gross margin
For the Year Ended December 31,
Change
2018
2017
Amount
Percentage
(dollars in thousands)
$
$
187,500
5,949
193,449
$
$
151,093
4,089
155,182
$
$
36,407
1,860
38,267
24%
45%
25%
74%
33%
71%
76%
31%
73%
Total gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased $38.3 million, or 25%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. Total gross
margin was 71% for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to 73% for the same period of 2017. This decrease was due primarily to higher software hosting
costs and to a lesser extent, higher costs for third-party consulting firms to support product and service offerings in our international operations.
Research
and
Development
Research and development
For the Year Ended December 31,
Change
2018
2017
Amount
Percentage
$
51,909 $
(dollars in thousands)
41,264 $
10,645
26%
Research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased $10.6 million, or 26%, compared to the year ended December 31,
2017. The increase was due primarily to an increase of $8.5 million in employee-related costs, an increase of $1.4 million in allocated overhead cost, and an
increase of $0.3 million in outside services expenses.
While research and development headcount increased only 4% from December 31, 2017 to December 31, 2018, employee-related costs increased due
primarily to a $5.4 million increase in salaries and benefits, a $1.0 million increase in compensation expense related to our bonus plans, a $0.9 million increase in
contract and temporary employees, and a $0.8 million increase in stock-based compensation expense. Outside services expenses increased due primarily to use of
third-party software developers to support product enhancements and maintenance in our international operations.
Sales
and
Marketing
Sales and marketing
For the Year Ended December 31,
Change
2018
2017
Amount
Percentage
$
168,817 $
(dollars in thousands)
133,794 $
35,023
26%
Sales and marketing expenses for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased $35.0 million, or 26%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2017.
The increase was due primarily to an increase of $28.1 million in employee-related costs, an increase of $7.4 million for partner commission expense, and an
increase of $2.7 million in allocated overhead cost offset, in part, by a decrease of $3.9 million for marketing campaign expenses.
48
While sales and mark eting headcount was essentially flat from December 31 , 2017 to December 31 , 2018, employee-related costs increased due
primarily to an $18. 5 million increase in sales commissions expense, a $ 9.1 million increase in salaries and benefits, and a $1.7 million increase in stock-based
compensation expense. S ales commissions expense increased due to strong sales-related activity and higher average commission rates. Our average commissions
rates were higher in 2018 compared to 2017 due to an increase in the percen tage of eligible sales personnel exceeding their annual sales targets. We typically pay
higher sales commission rates on additional sale s that exceed the established sales target. Partner commission expense increased due primarily to higher revenues
and an increase in the proportion of sales eligible for partner commissions , including new sales which generally earn a higher commission rate compared to
renewal sales . Partner commission expense was $ 21. 7 million for the year ended December 31 , 2018 compared t o $ 14.3 million for the year ended December
31 , 2017. Marketing campaign expenses decreased due to a reduction in our discretionary spending on advertising and marketing.
General
and
Administrative
General and administrative
For the Year Ended December 31,
Change
2018
2017
Amount
Percentage
$
39,603 $
(dollars in thousands)
34,286 $
5,317
16%
General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased $5.3 million, or 16%, compared to the year ended December 31,
2017. The increase was due primarily to an increase of $2.7 million in employee-related costs, a $0.8 million increase in merchant fees, an increase of $0.8 million
in insurance expense as a result of being a public company, and a $0.5 million increase in indirect tax compliance expenses.
General and administrative headcount increased 5% from December 31, 2017 to December 31, 2018. Employee-related costs increased due primarily to
$1.0 million increase in stock-based compensation expense and a $1.1 million increase in compensation expense related to our bonus plans. Merchant fees, which
are credit card processing fees, increased due to customers transitioning to our auto-payment program which uses credit cards for customer payment and increased
payment activity. Indirect tax expenses, which are non-income tax related, increased due primarily to higher business and occupation taxes in certain tax
jurisdictions.
Goodwill
Impairment
and
Restructuring
Charges
Goodwill impairment and restructuring charges:
Restructuring charges
Goodwill impairment
Total goodwill impairment and restructuring charges
For the Year Ended December 31,
2018
2017
(dollars in thousands)
Change
Amount
$
$
— $
9,174
9,174 $
752 $
8,418
9,170 $
(752)
756
4
A goodwill impairment charge of $9.2 million was recorded in 2018 and a $8.4 million goodwill impairment charge was recorded in 2017, both of which
related to our Brazilian operations (see Note 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements). There were no restructuring charges incurred in the year ended
December 31, 2018, compared to $0.8 million incurred in the year ended December 31, 2017. We incurred restructuring charges in the third quarter of 2017
associated with the closure of our Overland Park office, including termination benefits and other reorganization costs, primarily associated with integrating
operations.
49
Total
Other
(Income)
Expense,
Net
Other (income) expense, net
Interest income
Interest expense
Other (income) expense, net
Total other (income) expense, net
For the Year Ended December 31,
2018
2017
(dollars in thousands)
Change
Amount
$
$
(1,553) $
2,608
(583)
472 $
(77) $
2,585
(495)
2,013 $
(1,476)
23
(88)
(1,541)
Total other expense for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $0.5 million compared to $2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. Interest
income increased due to interest earned on investing our IPO cash proceeds in money market accounts. Interest expense remained consistent due to higher interest
expense on borrowings under our credit facilities during 2018 prior to repayment of the outstanding borrowings following our IPO. We discuss borrowings under
“Liquidity and Capital Resources” below. Other income remained consistent and is comprised primarily of income resulting from the change in the fair value of
earnout liabilities associated with prior business acquisitions. We estimate the fair value of earnout liabilities related to acquisitions quarterly. During 2018 and
2017, the adjustments to fair value reduced the carrying value of the earnout liabilities.
Provision
for
(Benefit
from)
Income
Taxes
For the Year Ended December 31,
2018
2017
(dollars in thousands)
Change
Amount
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
$
(976) $
(1,219) $
243
Benefit from income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2018 decreased by $0.2 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. The effective
income tax rate was a benefit of 1.3% and 1.9% for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The difference is due primarily to an update to the
provisional amount recorded as of December 31, 2017. We determined that indefinite lived goodwill would provide a source of income to realize indefinite lived
deferred tax assets resulting in a tax benefit of $0.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2018.
We have assessed our ability to realize our deferred tax assets and have recorded a valuation allowance against such assets to the extent that, based on the
weight of all available evidence, it is more likely than not that all or a portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In assessing the likelihood of future
realization of our deferred tax assets, we placed significant weight on our history of generating U.S. tax losses, including in 2018. As a result, we have a full
valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets, including net operating loss carryforwards, and tax credits related primarily to research and development.
We expect to maintain a full valuation allowance for the foreseeable future.
Year Ended December 31, 2017 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2016
Revenue
Revenue:
Subscription and returns
Professional services
Total revenue
For the Year Ended December 31,
Change
2017
2016
Amount
Percentage
(dollars in thousands)
$
$
199,942 $
13,217
213,159 $
154,967 $
12,459
167,426 $
44,975
758
45,733
29%
6%
27%
50
Total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased by $45.7 million, or 27%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2016 . Subscription
and returns reve nue for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased by $45.0 million, or 29%, compared to the year ended December 31, 201 6 . Growth in total
revenue was due primarily to increased demand for our products and services from new and existing customers. In Septe mber 20 16, we acquired a business in
Brazil that provides transaction tax compliance solutions and content. Excluding the impact of the Brazil acquisition, revenue increased by $42.3 million, or 25%,
from 2016 to 2017. Of this increase, $23.7 million was a ttributable to existing customers and $18.6 million was attributable to new customers.
Professional services revenue for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased $0.8 million, or 6%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2016 due
primarily to the Brazil acquisition.
Cost
of
Revenue
Cost of revenue
Subscription and returns
Professional services
Total cost of revenue
For the Year Ended December 31,
Change
2017
2016
Amount
Percentage
(dollars in thousands)
$
$
48,849 $
9,128
57,977 $
41,307 $
7,206
48,513 $
7,542
1,922
9,464
18%
27%
20%
Cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased $9.5 million, or 20%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase in
cost of revenue in absolute dollars was due primarily to an increase of $6.4 million in employee-related costs due to our September 2016 acquisition in Brazil and
higher headcount, an increase of $1.0 million in software hosting costs, $0.9 million in higher depreciation and amortization expense, and an increase of
$0.6 million in outside services expense. Our cost of revenue headcount increased approximately 19% from December 31, 2016 to December 31, 2017 due to our
continued growth to support our solutions and expand content. Software hosting costs have increased due primarily to higher transaction volumes. Amortization
expense increased due primarily to intangible assets acquired as part of the Brazil acquisition. As we expanded our product offerings in Europe in 2017, our outside
services expenses increased as we engaged third parties to assist with certain projects.
Gross
Profit
Gross profit
Subscription and returns
Professional services
Total gross profit
Gross margin
Subscription and returns
Professional services
Total gross margin
For the Year Ended December 31,
Change
2017
2016
Amount
Percentage
(dollars in thousands)
$
$
151,093
4,089
155,182
$
$
113,660
5,253
118,913
$
$
37,433
(1,164)
36,269
33%
-22%
31%
76%
31%
73%
73%
42%
71%
Total gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased $36.3 million, or 31%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. Total gross
margin improved from 71% in 2016 to 73% in 2017. The increase in gross margin was due primarily to increased automation of compliance processes and growing
revenue relative to fixed costs of operations.
51
Research
and
Development
Research and development
For the Year Ended December 31,
Change
2017
2016
Amount
Percentage
$
41,264 $
(dollars in thousands)
32,848 $
8,416
26%
Research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased $8.4 million, or 26%, compared to the year ended December 31,
2016. The increase was due primarily to a $6.8 million increase in employee-related costs due to our September 2016 acquisition in Brazil and higher headcount, a
$1.0 million increase in allocated overhead cost, and a $0.2 million increase in outside services expense. Research and development headcount increased
approximately 18% from December 31, 2016 to December 31, 2017 due primarily to increasing headcount in our U.S. operations as we continue to enhance
existing solutions. Allocated overhead consists primarily of facility expenses and shared information technology expenses.
Sales
and
Marketing
Sales and marketing
For the Year Ended December 31,
Change
2017
2016
Amount
Percentage
$
133,794 $
(dollars in thousands)
103,483 $
30,311
29%
Sales and marketing expenses for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased $30.3 million, or 29%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2016.
The increase was due primarily to an increase of $20.3 million in employee-related costs from higher headcount, an increase of $4.9 million for marketing
campaign and professional services expenses, and an increase of $4.4 million for partner commissions expense. During 2017, we engaged in a sales force
reorganization and continued to expand our sales force and marketing teams as we seek to accelerate sales growth and new customer acquisition. Sales and
marketing headcount increased approximately 30% from December 31, 2016 to December 31, 2017. In pursuing our strategy to accelerate sales growth, we also
increased marketing spending primarily on demand generation and customer base marketing activities in 2017. Partner commission expense increased by 44%,
from $9.9 million to $14.3 million, due primarily to an increase in the proportion of sales eligible for partner commissions.
General
and
Administrative
General and administrative
For the Year Ended December 31,
Change
2017
2016
Amount
Percentage
$
34,286 $
(dollars in thousands)
36,875 $
(2,589)
-7%
General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2017 decreased $2.6 million, or 7%, compared to the year ended December 31,
2016. The decrease was due primarily to a $3.2 million reduction in bad debt expense, a $1.5 million non-recurring charge to terminate a contract in 2016, lower
depreciation of $0.7 million, and $0.7 million lower allocated overhead costs, partially offset by a $2.8 million increase in employee-related costs from higher
headcount. Bad debt expense decreased due primarily to improved cash collections from our customers compared to the prior year. In 2016, we agreed to terminate
a long-term software development agreement with a vendor for $1.5 million. Depreciation expenses decreased due to asset disposals for our Bainbridge Island and
Harrisburg offices, which were downsized in 2016. Allocated overhead consists primarily of facility expenses and shared information technology expenses. General
and administrative headcount increased approximately 21% from December 31, 2016 to December 31, 2017 as we expanded our support services personnel to
effectively handle growth.
52
Goodwill
Impairment
and
Restructuring
Charg
es
Goodwill impairment for 2017 was $8.4 million, and restructuring charges were $0.8 million for 2017. There were no similar charges in 2016. A goodwill
impairment charge of $8.4 million was recorded related to our Brazilian operations in 2017 (see Note 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements). We also
incurred restructuring charges of $0.8 million in 2017 associated with our plan to close our Overland Park office, including termination benefits and other
reorganization costs, primarily associated with integrating operations.
Total
Other
(Income)
Expense,
Net
Other (income) expense, net
Interest income
Interest expense
Other (income) expense, net
Total other (income) expense, net
For the Year Ended December 31,
2017
2016
(dollars in thousands)
Change
Amount
$
$
(77) $
2,585
(495)
2,013 $
(18) $
2,301
672
2,955 $
(59)
284
(1,167)
(942)
Total other (income) expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2017 decreased by $0.9 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2016 due
primarily to the change in the fair value of earnout liabilities, partially offset by higher interest expense on borrowings under our credit facility during 2017. We
estimate the fair value of earnout liabilities related to acquisitions quarterly. The $1.0 million reduction in the fair value of earnout liabilities resulted from income
of $0.7 million in 2017, compared to $0.3 million of expense in 2016. Of the $0.7 million recognized in income, $0.4 million was attributable to the reduction in
fair value of the VAT Applications earnout, and $0.3 million to the reduction in the fair value of the earnout for our acquisition in Brazil. Interest expense increased
12% in 2017 compared to 2016 due primarily to higher debt levels. As of December 31, 2017, we had variable rate borrowings of $30.0 million outstanding under
the term loan facility and $10.0 million under the revolving credit facility bearing interest at an annual rate of 6.75% and 6.25%, respectively.
Provision
for
(Benefit
from)
Income
Taxes
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
$
(1,219) $
640 $
(1,859)
Benefit from income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased by $1.9 million compared to the provision for income taxes for the year ended
December 31, 2016 due primarily to net operating losses in Brazil. In 2017, a deferred tax benefit was recorded for losses incurred up to the amount of our deferred
tax liability attributable to our Brazil operations. Upon extinguishment of the deferred tax liability, additional net operating losses resulted in a deferred tax asset for
which we established a full valuation allowance.
For the Year Ended December 31,
2017
2016
(dollars in thousands)
Change
Amount
53
Quarterly Results of Operations
The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data for each of the periods presented as well as the percentage
of total revenue that each line item represented for each quarter. In management’s opinion, the data below have been prepared on the same basis as the audited
consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report and reflect all necessary adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary
for a fair statement of this data. The results of historical periods are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for a full year or any future period. The
following quarterly financial data should be read in conjunction with our audited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this report.
Revenue:
Subscription and returns (1)
Professional services
Total revenue
Cost of revenue:
Subscription and returns
Professional services
Total cost of revenue (2)
Gross profit
Operating expenses:
Research and
development (2)
Sales and marketing (2)
General and
administrative (2)
Restructuring charges
Goodwill impairment
Total operating
expenses
Operating loss
Total other (income)
expense, net
Loss before income taxes
Provision for (benefit from)
income taxes
Net loss
Net loss per share attributable
to common shareholders,
basic and diluted
Weighted average shares of
common stock outstanding,
basic and diluted
Dec 31,
2018
Sep 30,
2018
Jun 30,
2018
Mar 31,
2018
Dec 31,
2017
Sep 30,
2017
Jun 30,
2017
Mar 31,
2017
(in thousands, except per share data)
Three Months Ended
$
71,730 $
5,193
76,923
64,611 $
5,308
69,919
59,845 $
4,034
63,879
57,870 $
3,507
61,377
54,117 $
3,918
58,035
51,668 $
3,600
55,268
48,309 $
2,582
50,891
45,848
3,117
48,965
18,572
3,700
22,272
54,651
17,330
2,906
20,236
49,683
15,837
2,795
18,632
45,247
14,817
2,692
17,509
43,868
13,166
2,222
15,388
42,647
12,330
2,329
14,659
40,609
12,109
2,258
14,367
36,524
11,244
2,319
13,563
35,402
13,577
49,630
13,285
41,276
12,428
40,604
12,619
37,307
10,890
37,152
10,401
33,151
10,291
33,191
9,682
30,300
10,816
—
—
10,235
—
9,174
9,341
—
—
9,211
—
—
8,097
(41)
8,418
8,092
793
—
7,484
—
—
10,613
—
—
74,023
(19,372)
73,970
(24,287)
62,373
(17,126)
59,137
(15,269)
64,516
(21,869)
52,437
(11,828)
50,966
(14,442)
50,595
(15,193)
(789)
(18,583)
(93)
(24,194)
526
(17,652)
828
(16,097)
1,302
(23,171)
(1,391)
(10,437)
1,148
(15,590)
954
(16,147)
(151)
(149)
(848)
$ (18,432) $ (24,103) $ (17,766) $ (15,249) $ (22,414) $ (10,265) $ (15,449) $ (15,998)
(141)
(757)
(172)
114
(91)
$
(0.28) $
(0.36) $
(1.24) $
(2.47) $
(3.78) $
(1.80) $
(2.81) $
(2.97)
66,654
66,590
14,383
6,170
5,934
5,706
5,494
5,389
(1)
( 2 )
Interest income on funds held for customers of $493,000, $392,000, and $170,000 in the fourth, third, and second quarters of 2018, respectively, was
reclassified from Interest income within Total other (income) expense, net to Subscription and returns revenue in the fourth quarter of 2018. This
reclassification is presented retrospectively, and impacted the previously reported second and third quarter 2018 consolidated statements of operations.
The stock-based compensation expense included above was as follows:
54
Cost of revenue
Research and development
Sales and marketing
General and administrative
Total stock-based
compensation
Three Months Ended
Dec 31,
2018
Sep 30,
2018
Jun 30,
2018
Mar 31,
2018
Dec 31,
2017
Sep 30,
2017
Jun 30,
2017
Mar 31,
2017
$
484 $
908
1,818
1,300
508 $
906
1,589
1,334
377 $
784
1,040
1,363
(in thousands)
296 $
581
1,045
1,588
236 $
591
1,034
900
277 $
761
985
1,159
237 $
548
933
1,074
226
491
837
1,468
$
4,510 $
4,337 $
3,564 $
3,510 $
2,761 $
3,182 $
2,792 $
3,022
The amortization of acquired intangibles included above was as follows:
Cost of revenue
Research and development
Sales and marketing
General and administrative
Total amortization of
acquired intangibles
Three Months Ended
Dec 31,
2018
Sep 30,
2018
Jun 30,
2018
Mar 31,
2018
Dec 31,
2017
Sep 30,
2017
Jun 30,
2017
Mar 31,
2017
$
1,114 $
—
468
—
1,121 $
—
474
—
887 $
—
507
7
(in thousands)
898 $
—
502
10
952 $
—
496
9
938 $
—
482
26
912 $
—
455
29
915
—
480
38
$
1,582 $
1,595 $
1,401 $
1,410 $
1,457 $
1,446 $
1,396 $
1,433
55
Revenue:
Subscription and returns
Professional services
Total revenue
Cost of revenue:
Subscription and returns
Professional services
Total cost of revenue
Gross profit
Operating expenses:
Research and development
Sales and marketing
General and administrative
Restructuring charges
Goodwill impairment
Total operating expenses
Operating loss
Total other (income) expense,
net
Loss before income taxes
Provision for (benefit from)
income taxes
Net loss
Non-GAAP Financial Data:
Free cash flow (1)
Net cash provided by (used
in) operating activities
Purchases of property and
equipment
Free cash flow
Dec 31,
2018
Sep 30,
2018
Jun 30,
2018
Mar 31,
Dec 31,
2018
2017
Sep 30,
2017
Jun 30,
2017
Mar 31,
2017
Three Months Ended
93%
7%
100%
92%
8%
100%
94%
6%
100%
94%
6%
100%
93%
7%
100%
93%
7%
100%
95%
5%
100%
24%
5%
29%
71%
18%
65%
14%
0%
0%
96%
(25)%
(1)%
(24)%
0%
(24)%
25%
4%
29%
71%
19%
59%
15%
0%
13%
106%
(35)%
0%
(35)%
0%
(34)%
25%
4%
29%
71%
19%
64%
15%
0%
0%
98%
(27)%
1%
(28)%
0%
(28)%
24%
4%
29%
71%
21%
61%
15%
0%
0%
96%
(25)%
1%
(26)%
(1)%
(25)%
23%
4%
27%
73%
19%
64%
14%
0%
15%
111%
(38)%
2%
(40)%
(1)%
(39)%
22%
4%
27%
73%
19%
60%
15%
1%
0%
95%
(21)%
(3)%
(19)%
0%
(19)%
24%
4%
28%
72%
20%
65%
15%
0%
0%
100%
(28)%
2%
(31)%
0%
(30)%
94%
6%
100%
23%
5%
28%
72%
20%
62%
22%
0%
0%
103%
(31)%
2%
(33)%
0%
(33)%
Dec 31,
2018
Sep 30,
2018
Jun 30,
2018
Mar 31,
2018
Dec 31,
2017
Sep 30,
2017
Jun 30,
2017
Mar 31,
2017
Three Months Ended
(in thousands)
$
7,036 $
1,178 $
2,099 $ (13,375) $
(1,976) $
5,314 $
403 $
(7,282)
(2,569)
4,467 $
(4,745)
(3,567) $
(4,544)
(3,625)
(2,445) $ (17,000) $
(3,605)
(5,581) $
(4,235)
1,079 $
(5,078)
(4,675) $
(1,037)
(8,319)
$
(1)
Free cash flow is a non-GAAP financial measure. For more information about free cash flow, see “Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
Seasonality
and
Quarterly
Trends
We have historically signed a higher percentage of agreements with new customers, as well as renewal and upgrade agreements with existing customers, in
the fourth quarter of each year and usually during the last month of the quarter. This can be attributed to buying patterns typical in the software industry. Since the
terms of most of our customer agreement terms are annual, agreements initially entered into in the fourth quarter or last month of any quarter will generally come
up for renewal at that same time in subsequent years. As a result, we have historically seen a higher percentage of customer agreement cancellations in the fourth
quarter of each year. While this seasonality is reflected in our revenues, the impact to overall annual or quarterly revenues is minimal since we recognize
subscription revenue ratably over the term of the customer contract. Additionally, this seasonality is reflected in commission expenses to our sales personnel and
our partners.
56
Our quarterly revenue has increased in each period presented primarily due to increased sales to new customers, as well as increased usage by our existing
customers. Our operating expenses generally have increased sequentially in every quarter primarily due to increases in headcount and related expe nses to support
our growth primarily in our sales and marketing, and research and development expense s . Increases in our sales and marketing expenses primarily reflects
personnel additions and various sales and marketing initiatives that may fluctuate from quarter to quarter. R esearch and development expenses have fluctuated
based on the timing of personne l additions and related spending on product development. We anticipate our operating expenses will continue to increase in
absolute dollars in future periods as we invest in the long-term growth of our business. We anticipate that gross profit and gross ma rgin for professional services
may also fluctuate from quarter to quarter because of variability in our professional services projects and changes in headcount.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
We require cash to fund our operations, including outlays for infrastructure growth, acquisitions, geographic expansion, expanding our sales and marketing
activities, and working capital for our growth. To date, we have financed our operations primarily through cash received from customers for our solutions, private
placements, our IPO, and bank borrowings. As of December 31, 2018, we had $142.3 million of cash and cash equivalents, most of which was held in money
market accounts.
Borrowings
We maintain a loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank and Ally Bank (the “Lenders”). The credit arrangements included a senior secured
$30.0 million term loan facility that was repaid in August 2018 that is no longer available to be borrowed, and currently includes a $50.0 million revolving credit
facility (collectively, the “Credit Facilities”). The $50.0 million revolving credit facility, which is subject to a borrowing base limitation and is reduced by
outstanding letters of credit, must be repaid in November 2019. The obligations under the Credit Facilities are collateralized by substantially all the assets of the
Company, including intellectual property, receivables and other tangible and intangible assets.
Using a portion of the proceeds from our IPO, in June 2018, we repaid $33.0 million of borrowings outstanding under the revolving credit facility and in
August 2018, we repaid $30.0 million of borrowings outstanding under the term loan facility, which is no longer available to be drawn. As of December 31, 2018,
we had no borrowings outstanding under the Credit Facilities and $50.0 million is available to be drawn under the revolving credit facility.
Collectively, the Credit Facilities include several affirmative and negative covenants, including a requirement that we maintain minimum net billings,
minimum liquidity and observe restrictions on dispositions of property, changes in our business, mergers or acquisitions, incurring indebtedness, and distributions
or investments. Written consent of the Lenders is required to pay dividends to shareholders, with the exception of dividends payable in common stock. As of
December 31, 2018, we were in compliance with all covenants of the Credit Facilities.
We are required to pay a quarterly fee of 0.50% per annum on the undrawn portion available under the revolving credit facility plus the sum of outstanding
letters of credit. Under the Credit Facilities, the interest rate on the revolving credit facility is based on the greater of either 4.25% or the current prime rate plus
1.75%.
Future
Cash
Requirements
As of December 31, 2018, our cash and cash equivalents included proceeds from our June 2018 IPO. We intend to continue to increase our operating
expenses and our capital expenditures to support the growth in our business and operations. We may also use our cash and cash equivalents to acquire
complementary businesses, products, services, technologies, or other assets. We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents of $142.3 million as of
December 31, 2018, together with cash generated from operations and cash available under our current borrowing arrangements, will be sufficient to meet our
anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months. Our financial position and liquidity are, and will be, influenced by a variety of factors, including our growth
rate, the timing and extent of spending to support research and development efforts, the continued expansion of sales and
57
marketing spending, the introduction of new and enhanced solutions, the cash paid for any acquisitions, and the continued market acceptance of our solutions.
The following table shows our cash flows from operating activities, investing activities, and financing activities for the stated periods:
Cash (used in) provided by:
Operating activities
Investing activities
Financing activities
Operating
Activities
2018
For the Year Ended December 31,
2017
(in thousands)
2016
$
(3,062) $
(20,367)
151,421
(3,541) $
(16,256)
13,695
(21,696)
(29,694)
61,000
Our largest source of operating cash is cash collections from our customers for subscriptions and returns services. Our primary uses of cash from operating
activities are for employee-related expenditures, commissions paid to our partners, marketing expenses, and facilities expenses. Cash used in operating activities
consists primarily of net loss adjusted for certain non-cash items, including goodwill impairment, stock-based compensation, depreciation and amortization, and
other non-cash charges.
For the year ended December 31, 2018, cash used in operating activities was $3.1 million compared to $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2017,
a decrease in cash used of $0.4 million. During 2017, we received reimbursements for tenant improvements of $10.5 million compared to $1.7 million in 2018.
Under the lease for our new corporate headquarters, we were granted approximately $12.3 million of tenant improvements to be paid by the landlord. We initially
funded these improvements, which were recorded in investing activities as capital expenditures, and record the reimbursement of these expenditures to deferred
rent, which increased cash from operating activities. Excluding reimbursements for tenant improvements, cash used in operating activities decreased by $9.1
million. This improvement in cash flows was due primarily to higher sales and improved cash collection in 2018, but was partially offset by higher operating
expenses, primarily employee-related costs. See “Results of Operations” for further discussion.
For 2017, cash used in operating activities was $3.5 million compared to cash used in operating activities of $21.7 million for 2016. This reduction in cash
used of $18.2 million was due primarily to reimbursements for tenant improvement expenditures of $10.5 million, and a positive working capital change of
$5.5 million (excluding $10.5 million of lease incentives) for 2017. In 2016, we entered a ten-year lease for our new corporate headquarters in Seattle, Washington.
Our net working capital improved during 2017 compared to 2016 due primarily to higher sales and improved cash collections on accounts receivable.
Investing
Activities
Our investing activities primarily include cash outflows related to purchases of property and equipment, changes in customer fund assets, and, from time-
to-time, the cash paid for asset and business acquisitions.
For the year ended December 31, 2018, cash used in investing activities was $20.4 million, compared to cash used of $16.3 million for the year ended
December 31, 2017. The increase in cash used of $4.1 million was due primarily to cash paid for acquisition of intangible assets of $5.0 million and higher capital
expenditures of $1.5 million, partially offset by a decrease in customer fund assets of $2.4 million. In 2018, we acquired a customer list for $0.4 million and
developed technology to facilitate cross-border transactions (e.g., tariffs and duties) for total consideration of $7.1 million, which included total cash payments of
$4.6 million. Capital expenditures increased $1.5 million from the prior year due primarily to expansion and related tenant improvements for our Durham, North
Carolina office.
58
For 201 7 , cash used in investing activities was $ 16.3 million compared t o cash used in investing activities of $ 29.7 million for 201 6 . The decrease in
cash used of $13.4 million was due primarily to cash used in 2016 for the acquisition of the Brazil business of $17.2 million, partially offset by an increase in
capital expendi tures of $7.3 million. Capital expenditures increased from the prior year due primarily to tenant improvements for our new corporate headquarters.
Financing
Activities
Our financing activities primarily include cash inflows and outflows from our Credit Facilities, issuance and repurchases of capital stock, changes in
customer fund obligations, and cash flows related to stock option and stock warrant exercises.
For the year ended December 31, 2018, our financing activities included proceeds from our June 2018 IPO. For the year ended December 31, 2018, cash
provided by financing activities was $151.4 million compared to cash provided by financing activities of $13.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. This
increase in cash provided of $137.7 million was due primarily to cash received from our IPO net of underwriting discounts of $192.5 million and an increase of
$6.1 million in cash proceeds from exercise of stock options and stock warrants, partially offset by the repayment of outstanding borrowings under our Credit
Facilities of $63.0 million. Prior to repayment of our revolving credit line in June 2018 and our term loan in August 2018, we borrowed $23.0 million during the
first half of 2018.
For 2017, cash provided by financing activities was $13.7 million compared to cash provided by financing activities of $61.0 million for 2016. In
September 2016, we raised gross proceeds of $96.2 million from the sale of our Series D-2 preferred stock. In conjunction with this financing, we repurchased with
cash $43.2 million of preferred and common stock from our shareholders through a limited time tender offer. See “Borrowings” above for a discussion of our
Credit Facilities.
Funds
Held
from
Customers
and
Customer
Funds
Obligations
We maintain trust accounts with financial institutions, which allows our customers to outsource their tax remittance functions to us. We have legal
ownership over the accounts utilized for this purpose. Funds held from customers represents cash and cash equivalents that, based upon our intent, are restricted
solely for satisfying the obligations to remit funds relating to our tax remittance services. Funds held from customers are not commingled with our operating funds,
but typically are deposited with funds also held on behalf of our other customers.
Customer funds obligations represent our contractual obligations to remit collected funds to satisfy customer tax payments. Customer funds obligations are
reported as a current liability on the consolidated balance sheets, as the obligations are expected to be settled within one year. Cash flows related to the cash
received from and paid on behalf of customers are reported as follows:
1)
2)
3)
changes in customer funds obligations liability are presented as cash flows from financing activities;
changes in customer fund assets (e.g., customer funds held in cash and cash equivalents and receivable from customers and taxing authorities) are
presented as net cash flows from investing activities; and
changes in customer fund asset account that relate to paying for the trust operations, such as banking fees, are presented as cash flows from
operating activities.
59
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2018:
Contractual Obligations and Commitments
Principal payments on debt obligations (1)
Interest payments on debt obligations (1)
Operating lease obligations
Purchase obligations (2)
Customer funds obligations (3)
Other liabilities (4)
Total
Total
Less than
1 year
1-3 years
(in thousands)
3-5 years
More than
5 years
$
$
— $
234
79,955
11,453
13,349
116
105,107 $
— $
234
9,095
4,444
13,349
116
27,238 $
— $
—
19,581
7,009
—
—
26,590 $
— $
—
18,550
—
—
—
18,550 $
—
—
32,729
—
—
—
32,729
(1)
( 2 )
( 3 )
( 4 )
There are no outstanding borrowings under our credit facilities as of December 31, 2018. Interest payments are required on the undrawn portion available under the revolving credit
facility.
Purchase obligations are comprised primarily of long-term software licenses, subscriptions, and software hosting services.
We maintain trust accounts with financial institution that are solely for satisfying the obligations to remit funds relating to our tax remittance services. Customer funds obligations
represent our contractual obligations to remit collected funds to satisfy customer tax payments. At December 31, 2018, we had $13.1 million of funds held from (collected from)
customers. Because of in-transit payments and changes in the amounts owed to us or to the taxing authority, the asset and liability amounts presented for any period will generally not
offset.
Other liabilities are comprised of earnout liabilities owed to Tradestream Technologies Inc. and Wise 24 Inc for the first measurement period ended December 31, 2018. The earnout is
payable in cash and common stock and has a maximum of $30.0 million over a six-year period, which is excluded from the table above.
In June 2018, we repaid all borrowings outstanding under the revolving credit facility and in August 2018 we repaid all amounts outstanding under the
term loan facility.
We did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements in 2018 or 2017.
60
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
Use and Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures
In addition to our results determined in accordance with GAAP, we have calculated non-GAAP cost of revenue, non-GAAP gross profit, non-GAAP gross
margin, non-GAAP research and development expense, non-GAAP sales and marketing expense, non-GAAP general and administrative expense, non-GAAP
operating loss, non-GAAP net loss, and free cash flow, which are non-GAAP financial measures. We have provided tabular reconciliations of each non-GAAP
financial measure to its most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.
•
•
•
•
We calculate non-GAAP cost of revenue, non-GAAP research and development expense, non-GAAP sales and marketing expense, and non-
GAAP general and administrative expense as GAAP cost of revenue, GAAP research and development expense, GAAP sales and marketing
expense, and GAAP general and administrative expense before the impact of stock-based compensation expense and amortization of acquired
intangible assets included in each of the expense categories.
We calculate non-GAAP gross profit as GAAP gross profit before the stock-based compensation expense and amortization of acquired intangibles
that is included in cost of revenue. We calculate non-GAAP gross margin as GAAP gross margin before the impact of stock-based compensation
expense included in cost of revenue as a percentage of revenue and amortization of acquired intangibles included in cost of revenue as a
percentage of revenue.
We calculate non-GAAP operating loss as GAAP operating loss before stock-based compensation expense, amortization of acquired intangibles,
and goodwill impairments. We calculate non-GAAP net loss as GAAP net loss before stock-based compensation expense, amortization of
acquired intangibles, and goodwill impairments.
We define free cash flow as net cash (used in) provided by operating activities less cash used for the purchases of property and equipment.
Management uses these non-GAAP financial measures to understand and compare operating results across accounting periods, for internal budgeting and
forecasting purposes, and to evaluate financial performance and liquidity. We believe that non-GAAP financial measures provide useful information to investors
and others in understanding and evaluating our results, prospects, and liquidity period-over-period without the impact of certain items that do not directly correlate
to our performance and that may vary significantly from period to period for reasons unrelated to our operating performance, as well as comparing our financial
results to those of other companies. Our definitions of these non-GAAP financial measures may differ from the definitions used by other companies and therefore
comparability may be limited. In addition, other companies may not publish these or similar metrics. Thus, our non-GAAP financial measures should be considered
in addition to, not as a substitute for, or in isolation from, measures prepared in accordance with GAAP.
We encourage investors and others to review our financial information in its entirety, not to rely on any single financial measure and to view non-GAAP
cost of revenue, non-GAAP gross profit, non-GAAP gross margin, non-GAAP research and development expense, non-GAAP sales and marketing expense, non-
GAAP general and administrative expense, non-GAAP operating loss, non-GAAP net loss, and free cash flow in conjunction with the related GAAP financial
measure.
61
The following schedule reflects our non-GAAP financial measures and reconciles our non-GAAP financial measures to the related GAAP financial
measures:
2018
For the Year Ended December 31,
2017
(dollars in thousands)
2016
Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Cost of Revenue:
Cost of revenue
Stock-based compensation expense
Amortization of acquired intangibles
Non-GAAP Cost of Revenue
Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Gross Profit:
Gross Profit
Stock-based compensation expense
Amortization of acquired intangibles
Non-GAAP Gross Profit
Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Gross Margin:
Gross margin
Stock-based compensation expense as a percentage of revenue
Amortization of acquired intangibles as a percentage of revenue
Non-GAAP Gross Margin
Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Research and Development Expense:
Research and development
Stock-based compensation expense
Amortization of acquired intangibles
Non-GAAP Research and Development Expense
Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Sales and Marketing Expense:
Sales and marketing
Stock-based compensation expense
Amortization of acquired intangibles
Non-GAAP Sales and Marketing Expense
Reconciliation of Non-GAAP General and Administrative Expense:
General and administrative
Stock-based compensation expense
Amortization of acquired intangibles
Non-GAAP General and Administrative Expense
Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Operating Loss:
Operating loss
Stock-based compensation expense
Amortization of acquired intangibles
Goodwill impairment
Non-GAAP Operating Loss
Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Net Loss:
Net loss
Stock-based compensation expense
Amortization of acquired intangibles
Goodwill impairment
Non-GAAP Net Loss
Free cash flow:
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
Purchases of property and equipment
Free cash flow
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
62
78,649
(1,665)
(4,020)
72,964
193,449
1,665
4,020
199,134
71%
1%
1%
73%
51,909
(3,179)
—
48,730
168,817
(5,492)
(1,951)
161,374
39,603
(5,585)
(17)
34,001
(76,054)
15,921
5,988
9,174
(44,971)
(75,550)
15,921
5,988
9,174
(44,467)
(3,062)
(15,483)
(18,545)
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
57,977
(976)
(3,717)
53,284
155,182
976
3,717
159,875
73%
0%
2%
75%
41,264
(2,391)
—
38,873
133,794
(3,789)
(1,913)
128,092
34,286
(4,601)
(102)
29,583
(63,332)
11,757
5,732
8,418
(37,425)
(64,126)
11,757
5,732
8,418
(38,219)
(3,541)
(13,955)
(17,496)
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
48,513
(856)
(3,244)
44,413
118,913
856
3,244
123,013
71%
1%
2%
73%
32,848
(1,265)
—
31,583
103,483
(2,209)
(1,706)
99,568
36,875
(3,782)
(124)
32,969
(54,293)
8,112
5,074
—
(41,107)
(57,888)
8,112
5,074
—
(44,702)
(21,696)
(6,660)
(28,356)
Critical Accounting Policies
Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our consolidated financial statements. The preparation of these
financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities
and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, as well as the revenue and expenses during the reporting
periods. These estimates, assumptions, and judgments are necessary because future events and their effects on our consolidated financial statements cannot be
determined with certainty, and are made based on our historical experience and on other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances.
These estimates may change as new events occur or additional information is obtained, and we may periodically be faced with uncertainties, the outcomes of which
are not within our control and may not be known for a prolonged period of time. Because the use of estimates is inherent in the financial reporting process, actual
results could materially differ from those estimates.
We believe the following critical accounting policies affect our most significant judgments and estimates used in preparation of our consolidated financial
statements:
•
•
•
•
Revenue Recognition;
Stock-based Compensation;
Common Stock Valuations; and
Business Combinations, including Intangible Assets, and Goodwill.
Revenue
Recognition
Our consolidated statement of operations includes two major revenue categories: subscriptions and returns, and professional services. We primarily
generate revenue from subscriptions and returns, which consists primarily of fees paid for subscriptions to our solutions and fees paid for services performed in
preparing and filing tax returns on behalf of our customers. Revenue generated from our professional services is reported under professional services. Amounts that
have been invoiced are recorded in accounts receivable and deferred revenue or revenue, depending upon whether the revenue recognition criteria have been met.
In most instances, the initial arrangement with customers includes multiple elements, comprised of subscription and/or professional services, along with
non-refundable upfront fees for new customers. We evaluate each element in a multiple-element arrangement to determine whether it represents a separate unit of
accounting. An element constitutes a separate unit of accounting when the delivered item has standalone value and delivery of the undelivered element is probable
and within our control. Other than nonrefundable upfront fees, our services typically have standalone value because they are routinely sold separately. Professional
services also have standalone value because there are third parties that provide similar professional services on a standalone basis. If one or more of the deliverables
does not have standalone value upon delivery, the deliverables that do not have standalone value are generally combined with the final deliverable within the
arrangement and treated as a single unit of accounting. Revenue for arrangements treated as a single unit of accounting is generally recognized over the period
beginning upon delivery of the final deliverable and continuing over the remaining term of the subscription contract.
We allocate revenue to each element in an arrangement based on the selling price hierarchy. The selling price for a deliverable is based on its vendor-
specific objective evidence (VSOE), if available, third-party evidence (TPE), or best estimate of selling price (BESP), if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. As we
have been unable to establish VSOE or TPE for the elements of our arrangements, we establish the BESP for each element. The determination of BESP requires
significant estimates and judgments. BESP is determined by considering our overall pricing objectives and current market conditions. Other factors considered
include existing pricing and discounting practices, historical comparisons of contract prices to list prices, customer demographics, and gross margin objectives.
63
Revenue recognition begins when all the following criteria are met:
•
•
•
•
There is persuasive evidence of an arrangement;
The product or service is delivered to the customer;
The amount of fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable; and
The collection of the fees is reasonably assured.
Subscription and returns revenue primarily consists of contractually agreed upon fees paid to use our cloud-based solutions, as well as fees paid to us for
preparing and filing sales tax returns on behalf of our customers. Included in these fees, we also provide tax remittance services for our customers. Our subscription
arrangements do not provide the customer with the right to take possession of the software supporting the cloud-based application services.
We generally invoice our subscription customers for the initial term at contract signing and at each renewal. Our initial subscriptions terms generally range
from twelve to eighteen months, and renewal periods are typically one year. Amounts that are contractually billable and have been invoiced, or which have been
collected as cash are initially recorded as deferred revenue. While most of our customers are invoiced once at the beginning of the term, a portion of our customers
are invoiced quarterly or monthly. As a result, at any point in time our current deferred revenue may not necessarily represent revenue to be recognized by us over
the next twelve months. Our subscription contracts are generally non-cancelable except for where contract terms provide rights to cancel in the first 60 days of the
contract term. We reserve for estimated cancellations based on actual history. To date, customer cancellations have had an insignificant impact on revenue
recognized.
Tax returns processing services include collection of tax data and amounts, preparation of all compliance forms, and submission to taxing authorities.
Returns processing services are charged on a subscription basis for an allotted number of returns to process within a given time period or per return filing. The
consideration allocated to a returns subscription is recognized as revenue over the contract period commencing when the subscription services are made available to
the customer. We recognize revenue when the return is filed when purchased on a per return filing basis. A greater proportion of returns are sold on a subscription
basis. Since our customers typically file tax returns on a monthly or quarterly basis continuously throughout the year, the pattern of revenue recognition is similar
regardless of sales method.
Included in the total subscription fee for our cloud-based solutions are non-refundable upfront fees that are typically charged to each new customer. These
fees are associated with work performed by us to set up a customer with our services, and do not have standalone value. We recognize revenue for these fees over
the expected term of the customer relationship, beginning when services commence. For 2018, 2017, and 2016, and solely for revenue recognition purposes, we
estimated an expected customer relationship term of six years. We continue to evaluate the expected customer life and it is possible that the expected term of
customer relationships may change in future periods. If such a change does occur, the periods over which any remaining deferred revenue will be recognized will
be increased or decreased, as appropriate. As of December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, a one-year increase in the estimated term of customer relationships would
reduce annual revenue by $0.6 million, $0.4 million, and $0.6 million, respectively.
We bill for service arrangements on a fixed fee or time and materials basis. Professional services revenue includes fees from providing tax analysis,
configurations, data migrations, integration, training, and other support services. The consideration allocated to professional services is recognized as revenue when
services are performed and are collectable under the terms of the associated contracts.
64
Stock-Based
Compensation
Stock-based compensation expense is measured and recognized in our consolidated financial statements based on the fair value of our common stock
underlying the stock-based awards. These awards include stock options, warrants to purchase common stock, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), and purchase rights
issued under our 2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”). The fair value of each award, excluding RSUs, is estimated on the grant date using the Black-
Scholes option-pricing model. The fair value of each RSU is determined using the fair value of the underlying common stock on the date of the grant. Stock-based
compensation expense is recognized using a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally four years for stock options and RSUs and is
generally six months for purchase rights issued under the ESPP. Beginning January 1, 2017, we elected to account for forfeitures upon occurrence.
The determination of the grant date fair value of stock-based awards using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model is affected by our estimated common
stock fair value as well as other highly subjective assumptions, including the expected term of the awards, our expected volatility over the expected term of the
awards, expected dividend yield, and risk-free interest rates. The assumptions used in our option-pricing model require significant judgment and represent
management’s best estimates. These assumptions and estimates are as follows:
•
•
•
•
•
Fair
Value
of
Common
Stock.
Prior to our initial public offering, we estimated the fair value of common stock as discussed in “Common Stock
Valuations” below.
Expected
Term
. The expected term of employee stock-based awards represents the weighted average period that the stock awards are expected
to remain outstanding. To determine the expected term for stock options, we apply the simplified approach in which the expected term of an award
is presumed to be the mid-point between the vesting date and the expiration date of the award.
Expected
Volatility
. As we have limited trading history for our common stock, the selected volatility used is representative of expected future
volatility. We based expected future volatility on the historical and implied volatility of comparable publicly traded companies over a similar
expected term.
Expected
Dividend
Yield
. We have never declared or paid cash dividends and do not presently intend to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable
future. As a result, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.
Risk-Free
Interest
Rates
. We based the risk-free interest rate on the rate for a U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issue with a term that closely
approximates the expected life of the stock award grant at the date nearest the stock award grant date.
If any assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model change significantly, stock-based compensation for future awards may differ materially
compared with the awards granted previously. For 2018, 2017, and 2016, stock-based compensation expense was $15.9 million, $11.8 million, and $8.1 million,
respectively. As of December 31, 2018, we had approximately $27.6 million of total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to stock options and
$0.3 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to the ESPP, which we expect to recognize over a period of approximately three years and
one month, respectively.
The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2018 was approximately $210.5 million, of which approximately
$149.2 million related to vested awards and approximately $61.3 million related to unvested awards.
Common
Stock
Valuations
Following the closing of our IPO, the fair value per share of our common stock for purposes of determining stock-based compensation is the closing price
of our common stock as reported on the applicable grant date. Prior to our IPO in June 2018, the fair value of the common stock underlying our stock options and
common stock warrants was estimated by our Board of Directors, with input from management. Because stock-based compensation is recognized over the requisite
service period (generally four years), our 2018 stock-based compensation expense includes a significant portion attributable to the common stock valuations
described below.
65
Th e estimated fair value of our common stock was determined at each valuation date in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute
of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation
of
Privately-Held-Company
Equity
Securities
Issued
as
Compensation
. Each valuation of our common
stock was done using significant judgment and considering a variety of factors, including the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
contemporaneous valuations performed at periodic intervals by unrelated third-party valuation firms;
the prices, rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred stock relative to our common stock;
the lack of marketability of our common stock;
our actual operating and financial performance;
current business conditions and projections;
hiring of key personnel and the experience of our management;
our stage of development;
the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering, a merger, or an acquisition of our business;
the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies; and
macroeconomic conditions, including U.S. and global capital market conditions.
The enterprise value utilized in determining the fair value of common stock for financial reporting purposes was estimated using the market approach and
the income approach. Under the market approach, we used the guideline public company method, which estimates the fair value of the business enterprise based on
market prices of stock of guideline public companies and an option pricing method (OPM) that considered our September 12, 2016 Series D-2 preferred stock
financing. Indications of value were estimated by utilizing revenue multiples to measure enterprise value. The guideline merged and acquired company method was
not utilized in our valuation, as we regarded the method as less reliable as we believe it did not directly reflect our future prospects. The income approach estimates
the enterprise value based on the present value of our future estimated cash flows and our residual value beyond the forecast period. The residual value was based
on an exit (or terminal) multiple observed in the comparable company method analysis. The future cash flows and residual value are discounted to present value to
reflect the risks inherent in us achieving these estimated cash flows. The discount rate was based on venture capital rates of return for companies nearing an initial
public offering. The discount rate was applied using the mid-year convention. The mid-year convention assumes that cash flows are generated evenly throughout
the year, as opposed to in a lump sum at the end of the year.
Our indicated enterprise value at each valuation date was allocated to the shares of our convertible preferred stock, common stock, warrants, and options
using either an OPM or a probability-weighted expected return method, or PWERM. An OPM treats common stock and convertible preferred stock as call options
on a business, with exercise prices based on the liquidation preference of the convertible preferred stock. Therefore, the common stock has value only if the funds
available for distribution to shareholders exceed the value of the liquidation preference at the time of a liquidity event, such as a merger, sale, or initial public
offering, assuming the business has funds available to make a liquidation preference meaningful and collectible by shareholders. The common stock is modeled as
a call option with a claim on the business at an exercise price equal to the remaining value immediately after the convertible preferred stock is liquidated. The OPM
uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to price the call option. Under a PWERM approach, the value ascribed to each share is based upon the probability-
weighted present value of expected future investment returns, considering each of the possible future scenarios available to the business enterprise, as well as the
rights of each class of stock. Finally, because we were a privately held company, we also applied a non-marketability discount in determining the fair value of our
common stock based on the protective put model, which we deemed appropriate because it typically results in a low discount, to derive a fair value of our common
stock on a non-marketable basis.
Business
Combinations,
including
Intangible
Assets
and
Goodwill
The results of a business acquired in a business combination are included in our consolidated financial statements from the date of the acquisition.
Purchase accounting results in assets and liabilities of an acquired business being recorded at their estimated fair values on the acquisition date. Any excess
consideration over the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recognized as goodwill.
66
We perform valuations of assets acquired and liabilities assumed and allocate the purchase price t o the respective assets and liabilities. Determining the
fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires significant judgment and estimates, including the selection of valuation methodologies, estimates of
future revenue, costs and cash flow s, discount rates, and selection of comparable companies. We engage the assistance of third-party valuation specialists in
concluding on fair value measurements in connection with determining fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a busi ness combination.
These estimates are inherently uncertain and unpredictable, and if different estimates were used the purchase price for the acquisition could be allocated to
the acquired assets and liabilities differently from the allocation that we have made. In addition, unanticipated events and circumstances may occur which may
affect the accuracy or validity of such estimates, and if such events occur we may be required to record a charge against the value ascribed to an acquired asset or
an increase in the amounts recorded for assumed liabilities. Under the current accounting guidance, we are allowed a one-year measurement period from the date of
the acquisition to finalize our preliminary valuation of the tangible and intangibles assets and liabilities acquired and make necessary adjustments to goodwill.
Intangible
Assets.
We evaluate our intangible assets for indications of impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the
carrying value may not be recoverable. Our intangible assets consist primarily of developed technology and customer relationships arising from business
acquisitions. Factors that could trigger an impairment analysis include significant under-performance relative to historical or projected future operating results,
significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business or significant negative industry or economic trends. If this
evaluation indicates that the value of the intangible asset may be impaired, we assess the likelihood of recoverability of the net carrying value of the asset over its
remaining useful life. If this assessment indicates that the intangible asset is not recoverable, based on the estimated undiscounted future cash flows of the
technology over the remaining useful life, we reduce the net carrying value of the related intangible asset to fair value.
Our updated internal cash flow forecast for the Brazil reporting unit in the third quarter of 2018 indicated a potential impairment of the asset group. Prior to
performing the goodwill impairment analysis described below, we tested the recoverability of the Brazil asset group. This analysis did not result in an impairment
of the tangible or intangible assets of the Brazil asset group. The carrying value of the intangible assets was $2.3 million as of December 31, 2018.
Goodwill
. Goodwill is assessed for impairment at the reporting unit level at least annually on October 31, or in the event of certain occurrences. We have
three reporting units for purposes of analyzing goodwill, consisting of our U.S., European, and Brazilian operations. Our impairment assessment involves
comparing the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value, including goodwill. If the fair value exceeds the carrying value, we conclude that no goodwill
impairment has occurred.
In assessing goodwill for impairment, we first assess the qualitative factors to determine whether events or circumstances indicate that it is more likely than
not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. The next step in our assessment is to perform a quantitative analysis, if necessary, which
involves determining the fair value of the reporting unit. We estimate the fair value of the reporting unit using both an income approach and a market approach,
which are Level 3 measurements under the fair value hierarchy. The income approach uses discounted future cash flows derived from current internal forecasts,
which include assumptions for long-term growth rates and a residual value (the hypothetical terminal value) for the reporting unit. Cash flows are discounted using
the weighted average cost of capital, which is risk-adjusted to reflect the specific risk profile of the reporting unit. The market approach identifies similar publicly
traded companies to the reporting unit and develops a correlation, referred to as a multiple, to apply to the operating results of the reporting unit. The primary
market multiple we compare to is revenue. The market approach also reflects a reasonable control premium to compute the fair value. These estimates involve
inherent uncertainties and if different assumptions are used, the fair value of a reporting unit could be materially different from the amount we computed.
As part of our annual impairment test, a qualitative impairment test was performed for the Company’s U.S. reporting unit. We concluded it is more likely
than not that the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value.
67
A quantitative test was performed for the European reporting unit. The European reporting unit had goodwill with a carrying value of $1 0.8 million as of
October 31, 201 8 . From our quantitative assessment, we determined that the fair value of the European reporting unit was substantially i n excess of its carrying
value. Our internal cash flow forecast includes significant revenue growth attributable to a single customer. While this single customer is not currently significant to
our consolidated results, it is expected to be significant to the European reporting unit representing assumed future revenues in the near-term and long-term of
approximately 45% . If our revenue growth assumptions are not realized or our expectations with respect to future revenue growth are reduced, the fair value of the
European reporting unit would be adversely impacted.
Significant estimates and assumptions used in the income approach for the European reporting unit included using a discount rate of 25% and a
hypothetical terminal value of 1.75 times revenue. For the market approach, significant estimates and assumptions included our selection of an appropriate peer
group, consisting of publicly traded U.S. and European companies, which allowed us to derive revenue multiples (e.g., trailing twelve months and next fiscal year)
averaging approximately 3.9 times revenue and a selected control premium of 10%.
During the third quarter of 2018, we concluded a triggering event had occurred and, after comparing the fair value to the carrying value, recorded a $9.2
million goodwill impairment for the Brazilian reporting unit. The goodwill impairment charge is reflected in a separate account caption in the consolidated
statements of operations.
Our updated internal cash flow forecast prepared in the third quarter of 2018 deferred the timing of future revenue and cash flows compared to our
previous expectations. In addition to delaying positive cash flows, we also updated our internal forecast to reflect lower assumed future revenue growth rates
compared to previous expectations based primarily on recent operating results. Some of the significant estimates and assumptions used in the income approach
included using a discount rate of 30% and a hypothetical terminal value of 2.75 times revenue. We concluded it was not appropriate to use a market valuation
approach due primarily to a lack of publicly traded companies in similar businesses.
We acquired the Brazilian reporting unit in September 2016. During 2017, the Brazilian reporting unit did not meet revenue or cash flow objectives due
primarily to longer than expected integration efforts and a smaller proportion of recurring revenues than previously anticipated. As a result of updating our long-
term cash flow forecast as part of our annual assessment in 2017, we recorded an $8.4 million goodwill impairment for our Brazilian reporting unit. While our
business strategy in Brazil remains unchanged, during the third quarter of 2018, we updated our long-term cash flow forecast for the reporting unit to reflect recent
performance indicators that suggest it will take longer to execute our long-term strategies to achieve anticipated growth and cash flow objectives. The updated
long-term cash flow forecast indicates a longer time horizon to positive cash flow, compared to the last update in 2017. Upon completion of the analysis, the fair
value of the Brazilian reporting units was substantially less than the carrying value. As a result, management concluded that a $9.2 million impairment adjustment
was required. As of December 31, 2018, we have no remaining goodwill associated with the Brazilian reporting unit.
JOBS Act Accounting Election
We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging
growth companies are allowed to delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those
standards apply to private companies. We have elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have
different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date we (1) are no longer an emerging growth company or (2) affirmatively and
irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that
comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.
For further information on recent accounting pronouncements, refer to Note 2 in the Consolidated Financial Statements contained within this Annual
Report on Form 10-K.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
68
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitati ve Disclosures About Market Risk.
Interest
Rate
Risk
We had cash and cash equivalents of $142.3 million and $14.1 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. We maintain our cash and cash
equivalents in deposit accounts and money market funds with financial institutions. Due to the short-term nature of these instruments, we believe that we do not
have any material exposure to changes in the fair value of our investment portfolio as a result of changes in interest rates. Declines in interest rates, however, would
reduce future interest income.
We are exposed to risk related to changes in interest rates. Borrowings under the Credit Facilities bear interest at rates that are variable. Increases in the
prime rate would increase the interest rate on these borrowings. Decreases in the prime rate would decrease the interest rate on these borrowings only to the extent
that the prime rate does not decrease below 4.25%.
At December 31, 2018, we had no borrowings under the Credit Facilities. Any debt we incur in the future may also bear interest at variable rates.
Foreign
Currency
Exchange
Risk
Our revenue and expenses are primarily denominated in U.S. dollars. For our foreign operations, the majority of our revenues and expenses are
denominated in other currencies, such as the Euro, British Pound, and Brazilian Real. Decreases in the relative value of the U.S. dollar as compared to these
currencies may negatively affect our revenue and other operating results as expressed in U.S. dollars. For 2018, 2017, and 2016, approximately 6%, 5%, and 3%,
respectively, of our revenues were generated in currencies other than U.S. dollars.
We have experienced and will continue to experience fluctuations in our net loss as a result of transaction gains or losses related to revaluing certain
current asset and current liability balances that are denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the entities in which they are recorded. We
recognized immaterial amounts of foreign currency gains and losses in each of the periods presented. We have not engaged in the hedging of our foreign currency
transactions to date. We may in the future hedge selected significant transactions denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar as we expand our
international operation and our risk grows.
Inflation
We do not believe that inflation had a material effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations in the last two fiscal years. If our costs
were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to
do so could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
69
Item 8. Financial Statement s.
70
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGIS TERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Avalara, Inc.
Avalara, Inc.
Seattle, Washington
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Avalara, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the related
consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, convertible preferred stock and shareholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows, for each of the three years
in the period ended December 31, 2018, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each
of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements
based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required
to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and
Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were
we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control
over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing
procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Seattle, Washington
February 28, 2019
We have served as the Company's auditor since 2012.
71
AVALARA, INC.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(In thousands, except per share data)
December 31,
2018
December 31,
2017
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade accounts receivable—net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $521 and $905, respectively
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Total current assets before customer fund assets
Funds held from customers
Receivable from customers—net of allowance of $198 and $666, respectively
Total current assets
Noncurrent assets:
Property and equipment—net
Goodwill
Intangible assets—net
Other noncurrent assets
Total assets
Liabilities and shareholders' equity (deficit)
Current liabilities:
Accrued expenses and trade payables
Deferred revenue
Credit facility and notes payable
Total current liabilities before customer funds obligations
Customer funds obligations
Total current liabilities
Noncurrent liabilities:
Deferred revenue
Deferred tax liability
Credit facility
Deferred rent
Other noncurrent liabilities
Total liabilities
Commitments and contingencies
Convertible preferred stock:
Series A convertible preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share– no shares and 12,309 shares issued
and outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively, 13,814 authorized
as of December 31, 2017 (aggregate liquidation preference of $10,930)
Series A-1 convertible preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share– no shares and 4,688 shares issued
and outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively, 5,012 authorized as
of December 31, 2017 (aggregate liquidation preference of $2,081)
Series A-2 convertible preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share– no shares and 279 shares issued
and outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively, 279 authorized as of
December 31, 2017 (aggregate liquidation preference of $472)
Series B convertible preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share– no shares and 1,793 shares issued and
outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively, 2,133 authorized as of
December 31, 2017 (aggregate liquidation preference of $1,685)
Series B-1 convertible preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share– no shares and 21,518 shares issued
and outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively, 21,600 authorized as
of December 31, 2017 (aggregate liquidation preference of $23,670)
Series C convertible preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share– no shares and 7,069 shares issued and
outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively, 7,069 authorized as of
December 31, 2017 (aggregate liquidation preference of $20,000)
Series C-1 convertible preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share– no shares and 8,511 shares issued
and outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively, 8,590 authorized as
of December 31, 2017 (aggregate liquidation preference of $12,767)
Series D convertible preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share– no shares and 8,566 shares issued
and outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively, 10,172 authorized as
of December 31, 2017 (aggregate liquidation preference of $44,972)
Series D-1 convertible preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share– no shares and 22,808 shares issued
and outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively, 22,862 authorized
as of December 31, 2017 (aggregate liquidation preference of $144,147)
Series D-2 convertible preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share– no shares and 14,245 shares issued
and outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively, 14,815 authorized as
of December 31, 2017 (aggregate liquidation preference of $96,154)
Shareholders' equity (deficit):
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value– no shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2018 and
December 31, 2017, and 20,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2018
Common stock, $0.0001 par value– 66,769 and 5,992 shares issued and outstanding at
December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively, 600,000 and 153,945 shares authorized
as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
Accumulated deficit
Total shareholders’ equity (deficit)
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity (deficit)
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
142,322
40,287
11,307
193,916
13,113
270
207,299
33,373
61,300
19,371
1,589
322,932
47,064
125,260
—
172,324
13,349
185,673
9,393
560
—
17,317
436
213,379
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
7
599,493
(2,345 )
(487,602 )
109,553
322,932
$
14,075
26,596
7,016
47,687
13,082
313
61,082
25,394
72,482
19,074
780
178,812
38,164
83,778
859
122,801
14,061
136,862
8,453
1,854
38,840
14,689
785
201,483
12,715
2,081
303
3,756
23,259
19,782
27,961
41,130
143,915
96,019
—
1
18,121
338
(412,052 )
(393,592 )
178,812
The
accompanying
notes
are
an
integral
part
of
these
consolidated
financial
statements.
72
Revenue:
Subscription and returns
Professional services
Total revenue
Cost of revenue:
Subscription and returns
Professional services
Total cost of revenue
Gross profit
Operating expenses:
Research and development
Sales and marketing
General and administrative
Restructuring charges
Goodwill impairment
Total operating expenses
Operating loss
Other (income) expense:
Interest income
Interest expense
Other (income) expense, net
AVALARA, INC .
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(In thousands, except per share data)
2018
For the Year Ended December 31,
2017
2016
$
254,056 $
18,042
272,098
199,942 $
13,217
213,159
66,556
12,093
78,649
193,449
51,909
168,817
39,603
—
9,174
269,503
(76,054)
(1,553)
2,608
(583)
472
(76,526)
(976)
(75,550) $
48,849
9,128
57,977
155,182
41,264
133,794
34,286
752
8,418
218,514
(63,332)
(77)
2,585
(495)
2,013
(65,345)
(1,219)
(64,126) $
154,967
12,459
167,426
41,307
7,206
48,513
118,913
32,848
103,483
36,875
—
—
173,206
(54,293)
(18)
2,301
672
2,955
(57,248)
640
(57,888)
Total other (income) expense, net
Loss before income taxes
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
Net loss
Net loss per share attributable to common shareholders,
basic and diluted
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding,
basic and diluted
$
$
(1.95) $
(11.39) $
(10.15)
38,692
5,632
5,706
The
accompanying
notes
are
an
integral
part
of
these
consolidated
financial
statements.
73
AVALARA, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss
(In thousands)
Net loss
Other comprehensive income (loss)—Foreign currency translation
Total comprehensive loss
2018
For the Year Ended December 31,
2017
2016
$
$
(75,550) $
(2,683)
(78,233) $
(64,126) $
1,806
(62,320) $
(57,888)
(634)
(58,522)
The
accompanying
notes
are
an
integral
part
of
these
consolidated
financial
statements.
74
AVALARA, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit)
(In thousands, except per share data)
Convertible
Preferred Stock
Common Stock
Shares
91,215,962 $
Amount
283,640
Shares
5,643,959 $
Amount
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Accumulated
Deficit
(269,444) $
(834) $
Total
Shareholders’
Equity
(Deficit)
Balance at December 31, 2015
Issuance of Series D-2 preferred stock—
net of issuance costs of $133
Exercise of stock options
Exercise of warrants
Stock-based compensation expense
Repurchase of shares
Issuance of common stock for acquisition
Loss on translation adjustment
Net loss
14,244,640
96,019
315,315
2,188
(3,989,712)
(10,926)
Balance at December 31, 2016
101,786,205
370,921
Shares tendered for cashless redemption
Exercise of stock options
Exercise of warrants
Stock-based compensation expense
Cumulative adjustment ASU 2016-09
Gain on translation adjustment
Net loss
878,017
71,250
(1,581,107)
285,714
5,297,833
(167,250)
593,698
268,012
1 $
7,013 $
2,645
99
8,139
(15,538)
3,764
6,122
(2,481)
2,283
308
11,779
110
1
Balance at December 31, 2017
101,786,205
370,921
5,992,293
1
18,121
338
Proceeds from initial public offering,
net of underwriters' discounts
Initial public offering costs
Conversion of preferred stock
to common stock
Shares tendered for cashless redemption
Exercise of stock options
Exercise of warrants
Stock-based compensation cost
Repurchase of shares
Loss on translation adjustment
Shares issued to purchase intangible assets
Net loss
(101,776,205 )
(370,854)
8,625,000
1
50,888,014
(613,567)
1,373,962
570,000
5
(10,000)
(67)
(104,847)
37,708
192,509
(3,425)
370,849
(11,589)
10,478
5,783
15,950
(1,738)
2,555
(2,683)
Balance at December 31, 2018
- $
-
66,768,563 $
7 $
599,493 $
(2,345) $
The
accompanying
notes
are
an
integral
part
of
these
consolidated
financial
statements.
75
(263,264)
—
2,645
99
8,139
(36,022)
3,764
(634)
(57,888)
(343,161)
(2,481)
2,283
308
11,779
—
1,806
(64,126)
(393,592)
192,510
(3,425)
370,854
(11,589)
10,478
5,783
15,950
(1,738)
(2,683)
2,555
(75,550)
109,553
(20,484)
(634)
(1,468)
(57,888)
(347,816)
1,806
(110)
(64,126)
(412,052)
(75,550)
(487,602) $
AVALARA, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In thousands)
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating
activities:
Depreciation and amortization
Goodwill impairment
Stock-based compensation
Deferred tax expense
Amortization of deferred rent
Non-cash change in earnout liability
Change in preferred stock warrant liability
Non-cash bad debt (recovery) expense
Other
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Trade accounts receivable
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Other long-term assets
Trade payables
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
Deferred rent (lease incentives)
Deferred revenue
Net cash used in operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities:
Net (increase) decrease in customer fund assets
Cash paid for acquired intangible assets
Cash paid for acquisitions—net of cash acquired
Purchase of property and equipment
Net cash used in investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from initial public offering, net of underwriting discounts
Payments on credit facility
Proceeds from credit facility
Payments of debt issuance costs
Payments on capital leases
Proceeds from issuance of convertible preferred stock
Repurchase of shares
Repayment of note payable
Payments of deferred financing costs
Convertible preferred stock issuance costs
Taxes paid related to net share settlement of stock-based awards
Net increase (decrease) in customer fund obligations
Payment related to business combination earnouts
Proceeds from exercise of stock options and common stock warrants
Net cash provided by financing activities
Foreign currency effect on cash and cash equivalents
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents—Beginning of year
Cash and cash equivalents—End of year
2018
For the Year Ended December 31,
2017
2016
$
(75,550) $
(64,126) $
(57,888)
12,802
9,174
15,921
(1,294)
190
(402)
—
(288)
559
(13,508)
(4,850)
(808)
(4,419)
15,266
1,723
42,422
(3,062)
118
(5,002)
—
(15,483)
(20,367)
192,510
(63,000)
23,000
—
—
—
(1,806)
(234)
(2,084)
—
(2,365)
(118)
(1,523)
7,041
151,421
255
128,247
14,075
142,322 $
10,859
8,418
11,757
(1,307)
(698)
(715)
—
(86)
270
159
(1,055)
725
(112)
2,124
10,494
19,752
(3,541)
(2,301)
—
—
(13,955)
(16,256)
-
(2,935)
17,605
(469)
(14)
—
—
—
(1,240)
—
(811)
2,301
(1,662)
920
13,695
(53)
(6,155)
20,230
14,075 $
10,425
—
8,112
134
789
361
(28)
2,907
368
(11,143)
(29)
802
2,853
4,414
—
16,227
(21,696)
(5,816)
—
(17,218)
(6,660)
(29,694)
-
(52,000)
57,000
(481)
(81)
96,152
(43,185)
—
—
(133)
(1,776)
5,816
(1,325)
1,013
61,000
(57)
9,553
10,677
20,230
(continued)
$
76
AVALARA, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In thousands)
Supplemental cash flow disclosures:
Cash paid for interest expense
Cash paid for income taxes
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
Stock issued for acquisitions
Property and equipment purchased under tenant improvement
allowance
Property and equipment additions in accounts payable and
accrued expenses
Deferred financing costs, accrued not yet paid
Fair value of common stock to be issued to purchase intangible
assets
Accrued value of earnout related to acquisition
Cashless exercises of options and warrants
Cashless redemptions of options and warrants
2018
For the Year Ended December 31,
2017
2016
$
$
2,495 $
390
2,112 $
354
— $
— $
1,062
729
100
2,555
—
9,224
11,589
250
2,201
335
—
—
1,670
2,481
2,044
259
3,764
181
164
—
—
663
1,994
1,989
The
accompanying
notes
are
an
integral
part
of
these
consolidated
financial
statements.
77
AVALARA, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
1.
Nature
o
f
Operations
Avalara, Inc. (the “Company”) provides software solutions that help businesses of all types and sizes comply with tax requirements for transactions
worldwide. The Company offers a broad and growing suite of compliance solutions for transaction taxes, such as sales and use tax, value-added tax (VAT), excise
tax, lodging tax, and communications tax. These solutions enable customers to automate the process of determining taxability, identifying applicable tax rates,
determining and collecting taxes, preparing and filing returns, remitting taxes, maintaining tax records, and managing compliance documents. The Company, a
Washington corporation, was originally incorporated in 1999 and is headquartered in Seattle, Washington.
The Company has wholly owned subsidiaries in the United Kingdom, Canada, Belgium, India, and Brazil that provide business development, software
development, and support services.
2.
Significant
Accounting
Policies
Initial
Public
Offering
In June 2018, the Company completed an initial public offering (“IPO”), in which the Company sold 8,625,000 shares of its common stock, including the
full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase 1,125,000 additional shares of common stock, at the initial price to the public of $24.00 per share. The
Company received net proceeds of $192.5 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and before deducting offering expenses paid and
payable by the Company of $3.4 million. Immediately prior to the closing of the IPO, (1) all outstanding shares of preferred stock converted into shares of the
Company’s common stock on a 2-to-1 basis, and (2) common stock warrants then outstanding were automatically net exercised into shares of the Company’s
common stock. As of December 31, 2018, 66,768,563 shares of the Company’s common stock were outstanding.
Reverse
Stock
Split
and
Conversion
of
Series
Preferred
Stock
On May 10, 2018, the Company effected a 2-to-1 reverse stock split of outstanding common stock, including outstanding stock options and common stock
warrants. At the same time, the Company amended its amended and restated articles of incorporation to trigger the automatic conversion of the Series Preferred
Stock immediately prior to the closing of the IPO. As a result of the reverse stock split, the applicable conversion price was increased for each series of outstanding
Series Preferred Stock. The increased conversion price effectively resulted in a 2-to-1 conversion ratio of Series Preferred Stock to common stock. All common
share and per common share amounts for all periods presented in these consolidated financial statements and notes thereto, have been adjusted retrospectively,
where applicable, to reflect the reverse stock split. Series Preferred Stock amounts have been adjusted retrospectively only where the conversion to common stock
is presented.
Accounting
Principles
The consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes were prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States (“U.S. GAAP”).
Principles
of
Consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include those of the Company and its subsidiaries after elimination of all intercompany accounts and
transactions.
78
AVALARA, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Segments
The Company operates its business as one operating segment. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate
financial information is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, in deciding how to allocate resources
and assess performance. The Company’s chief operating decision maker allocates resources and assesses performance based upon discrete financial information at
the consolidated level. For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, approximately 6%, 5%, and 3% of the Company’s revenues were generated
outside of the United States, respectively. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, approximately 7% and 11% of the Company’s long-lived assets were held outside of
the United States. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, approximately 3% and 5% of the Company’s long-lived assets were held in the United Kingdom.
Use
of
Estimates
The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities
and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the
reporting period. Significant estimates include: the standalone value of each element in multiple-element arrangements for revenue recognition; the allowance for
doubtful accounts; the measurement of fair values of stock-based compensation award grants; the expected earnout obligations in connection with acquisitions; the
expected term of the customer relationship for activation, integration, and setup fee activity (collectively, the “setup fee”); the valuation of acquired intangible
assets; and the valuation of the fair value of reporting units for analyzing goodwill. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates.
Risks
and
Uncertainties
The Company has incurred significant operating losses since its inception, including net losses of $75.6 million, $64.1 million, and $57.9 million for the
years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. The Company had an accumulated deficit of $487.6 million and $412.1 million as of December 31,
2018 and 2017, respectively. The Company believes that its cash and cash equivalents of $142.3 million as of December 31, 2018 and the availability under its
revolving credit facility, as is further outlined in Note 8, are adequate to satisfy its current obligations.
Fair
Value
of
Financial
Instruments
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants
at the measurement date. A three-level fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value. The hierarchy requires entities to maximize the use of
observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The three levels of inputs used to measure fair value are as follows:
•
•
•
Level
1
: Inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level
2
: Inputs are quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets
that are not active and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs and significant value drivers are observable in active markets.
Level
3
: Inputs are unobservable inputs based on the Company’s assumptions and valuation techniques used to measure assets and liabilities at
fair value. The inputs require significant management judgment or estimation.
79
AVALARA, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The Company’s assessment of the significan ce of an input to the fair value measurement requires judgment, which may affect the valuation of fair value
assets and liabilities and their placement within the fair value hierarchy levels. The carrying amounts reported in the consolidated financial stat ements approximate
the fair value for cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable, trade payables, and accrued expenses, due to their short-term nature. The carrying amount of the
Company’s term loan and revolving credit facility, to the extent there is a carrying amount as of the balance sheet date, approximates fair value, considering the
interest rates are based on the prime interest rate.
Cash
and
Cash
Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid securities with original maturities of three months or less and are carried at cost, which approximates
market value given their short-term nature.
Customer
Funds
Assets
and
Obligations
Funds
Held
from
Customers
The Company maintains trust accounts with financial institutions, which allows customers to outsource their tax remittance functions to the Company. The
Company has legal ownership over the accounts utilized for this purpose. Funds held from customers represents cash and cash equivalents that, based upon the
Company’s intent, are restricted solely for satisfying the obligations to remit funds relating to the Company’s tax remittance services. Funds held from customers
are not commingled with the Company’s operating funds but are typically deposited with funds also held on behalf of other customers of the Company. Funds held
from customers are deposited in accounts at FDIC-insured institutions.
Funds held from customers were $13.1 million as of both December 31, 2018 and 2017.
Receivables
from
Customers
Occasionally, the Company will pay a tax obligation to taxing authorities on behalf of its customer, prior to receiving funds from the customer or prior to
receiving the refund due to the customer from the taxing authority. Accounts receivable from customers represent amounts the customer is contractually obligated
to repay to the Company. The future economic benefit to the Company is restricted solely for the repayment of customer funds and taxing authority obligations.
Receivables from customers deemed uncollectible are charged against a separate allowance for doubtful accounts. The allowance against receivables from
customers is a result of the Company assuming credit risk associated with its customers’ tax remittance obligations. The table below details the allowance against
receivables from customers (in thousands):
Balance at the beginning of the year
Charged to expense
Write-offs
Balance at the end of the year
Customer
Funds
Obligations
2018
December 31,
2017
2016
$
$
666 $
(83)
(385)
198 $
754 $
(88)
-
666 $
266
517
(29)
754
Customer funds obligations represent the Company’s contractual obligations to remit collected funds to satisfy customer tax payments. Customer funds
obligations are reported as a current liability on the consolidated balance sheets, as the obligations are expected to be settled within one year.
80
AVALARA, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Customer
Funds
Assets
and
Obligations
in
Consolidated
Statement
of
Cash
Flows
Cash flows related to the cash received from and paid on behalf of customers are reported as follows:
(1)
(2)
(3)
changes in customer funds obligations liability are presented as cash flows from financing activities;
changes in customer funds asset (e.g., customer funds held in cash and cash equivalents and receivable from customers and taxing authorities) are
presented as net cash flows from investing activities; and
changes in customer funds asset account that relate to activities paying for the trust operations, such as banking fees, are included as cash flows
from operating activities.
Trade
Accounts
Receivable
Trade accounts receivable represent amounts due from customers when the Company has invoiced the customer and has not yet received payment. An
invoice is issued when the customer is contractually obligated to pay for software subscriptions and/or services. Trade accounts receivable are presented net of an
allowance for doubtful accounts. The allowance for doubtful accounts is the Company’s best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in existing trade
accounts receivable. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on the assessment of collectability. The Company regularly reviews the adequacy of the
allowance for doubtful accounts by considering several factors, including the age of each outstanding invoice and the collection history of each customer. Trade
accounts receivable are recorded to bad debt expense when deemed uncollectible based on either a specific identification or the age of the receivable.
The table below details the allowance for doubtful accounts (in thousands):
Balance at the beginning of the year
Charged to expense
Write-offs
Balance at the end of the year
Concentration
of
Credit
Risk
2018
December 31,
2017
2016
$
$
905 $
(183)
(201)
521 $
1,324 $
(105)
(314)
905 $
1,154
2,390
(2,220)
1,324
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk are primarily cash, cash equivalents, accounts receivable, and
funds held from customers, which are held in financial institutions management believes have a high credit standing. To manage credit risk related to accounts
receivable, the Company evaluates customers’ financial condition and generally collateral is not required.
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, there were no customers that represented more than 10% of the Company’s net trade accounts receivable or more than
10% of the Company’s revenue in any of the periods presented.
Property
and
Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation on property and equipment is computed on the straight-line method
over the estimated useful life of the asset or the lease term (for leasehold improvements), whichever is shorter.
Upon retirement or sale, the cost of the disposed asset and the related accumulated depreciation are removed and any resulting gain or loss is recorded in
the consolidated statements of operations. Maintenance and repairs that do not improve or extend the lives of the respective assets are charged to expense in the
period incurred.
81
AVALARA, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Research
and
Development
Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel and related expenses for the Company’s research and development staff, including
salaries, benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation, and allocated overhead. Expenditures for research and development are expensed as incurred.
Software
Capitalization
Software development costs for hosting customer transactions (i.e., cloud-based software solutions) are capitalized once the project is in the application
development stage in accordance with the accounting guidance for internal-use software. These capitalized costs include external direct costs of services consumed
in developing or obtaining the software and personnel expenses for employees who are directly associated with the development. Capitalization of these costs
concludes once the project is substantially complete and the software is ready for its intended purpose. Post-configuration training and maintenance costs are
expensed as incurred. For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, $1.1 million, $1.0 million, and $0.8 million software development costs were
capitalized, respectively. Capitalized software development costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life, generally 6 years.
In circumstances where software is developed for both cloud-based software solutions and for the purpose of being sold, leased or otherwise marketed (i.e.,
customer hosted software), capitalization of development costs occurs after technological feasibility of the software is established and continues until the product is
available for general release to customers. Since the Company’s developed software is available for general release concurrent with the establishment of
technological feasibility, development costs are not capitalized in these circumstances.
Acquisitions
and
Goodwill
The Company’s identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination are recorded at their acquisition date fair values. The
valuation requires management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to long-lived and intangible assets. Critical estimates in
valuing intangible assets include, but are not limited to:
•
•
•
future expected cash flows from customer agreements, customer lists, distribution agreements, and proprietary technology and non-compete
agreements;
assumptions about the length of time the brand will continue to be used in the Company’s suite of solutions; and
discount rates used to determine the present value of recognized assets and liabilities.
The Company’s estimates of fair value are based upon assumptions it believes to be reasonable, but that are inherently uncertain and unpredictable.
Assumptions may be incomplete or inaccurate, and unanticipated events and circumstances may occur.
Goodwill is calculated as the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets, including the amount assigned to identifiable intangible assets.
Acquisition-related costs, including advisory, legal, accounting, valuation, and other costs, are expensed in the periods in which these costs are incurred. The results
of operations of an acquired business are included in the consolidated financial statements beginning at the acquisition date. Goodwill is tested for impairment
annually on October 31, or in the event of certain occurrences. Goodwill impairments of $9.2 million and $8.4 million were recorded for the years ended
December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively (See Note 6). There was no goodwill impairment recorded for the year ended December 31, 2016.
The Company estimates the fair value of the acquisition-related earnout using various valuation approaches, as well as significant unobservable inputs,
reflecting the Company’s assessment of the assumptions market participants would use to value these liabilities. The fair value of the earnout is remeasured each
reporting period, with any change in the value recorded as other income or expense. The Company recorded income of $0.4 million and $0.7 million, and expense
of $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively.
82
AVALARA, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Long-Lived
Assets
The Company evaluates long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of these assets may
not be recoverable. An impairment is recognized in the event the carrying value of such assets exceeds their fair value. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value,
then an impairment test is performed to determine the fair value. In 2018, the Company evaluated the long-lived intangible assets in the Company’s Brazilian
reporting unit for impairment as a result of an interim triggering event discussed in Note 6. No impairment of long-lived assets (other than goodwill as discussed in
Note 6), including those in the Brazilian reporting unit, occurred in 2018. See Restructuring Charges for impairment recorded in 2017. No impairment of long-lived
assets occurred in 2016.
Acquired
Intangible
Assets
Acquired intangible assets consist of developed technology, customer relationships, noncompetition agreements, and tradenames and trademarks, resulting
from the Company’s acquisitions. Acquired intangible assets are recorded at fair value on the date of acquisition and amortized over their estimated useful lives on
a straight-line basis. Acquisition-related costs, primarily legal fees, are capitalized and included in the cost basis of the intangible asset when incurred.
The Company recognizes an earnout liability for acquisitions of intangible assets that are accounted for as an asset acquisition when the liability is earned
and the amount is known. The earnout liability is capitalized as part of the cost of the assets acquired and amortized over the remaining useful life of the asset.
Income
Taxes
The Company’s deferred tax assets are determined based on temporary differences between the financial reporting and income tax basis of assets and
liabilities and are measured using the tax rates that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is recorded when it is more
likely than not that some of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company assesses its income tax positions and records tax benefits based upon
management’s evaluation of the facts, circumstances, and information available at the reporting date.
The objectives of accounting for income taxes are to recognize the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year and deferred tax liabilities
and assets for the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in an entity’s financial statements or tax returns. The Company will recognize the tax
benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the
technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a
greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Judgment is required in assessing the future tax consequences of events that have been
recognized in the Company’s consolidated financial statements or tax returns. Variations in the actual outcome of these future tax consequences could materially
impact the consolidated financial statements.
The Company accounted for the tax effects of The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”), enacted on December 22, 2017, on a provisional basis as of
December 31, 2017. The Company completed its accounting during the one-year measurement period from enactment ending December 31, 2018. See Note 11 for
further discussion of impacts of the Tax Act.
Revenue
Recognition
The Company primarily generates revenue from fees paid for subscriptions to tax compliance solutions and fees paid for services performed in preparing
and filing tax returns on behalf of its customers. Amounts that have been invoiced are recorded in accounts receivable and deferred revenue or revenue, depending
upon whether the revenue recognition criteria have been met.
83
AVALARA, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
In most instances, the initial arrangement with customers includes multiple elements, comprised of subscription and/or professional services, along with
non-refundable upfront fees for new customers. The Company evaluates each element in a multiple-element arrangement to determine whether it represents a
separate unit of accounting. An element constitutes a separate unit of accounting when the delivered item has standalone value and delivery of the undelivered
element is probable and within the Company’s control. Other than nonrefundable upfront fees, the Company’s services typically have standalone value because
they are routinely sold separate ly. Professional services also have standalone value because there are third party vendors that provide similar professional services
to customers on a standalone basis. If one or more of the deliverables does not have standalone value upon delivery, the d eliverables that do not have standalone
value are generally combined with the final deliverable within the arrangement and treated as a single unit of accounting. Revenue for arrangements treated as a
single unit of accounting is generally recognized over the period beginning upon delivery of the final deliverable and continuing over the remaining term of the
subscription contract.
The Company allocates revenue to each element in an arrangement based on the selling price hierarchy. The selling price for a deliverable is based on its
vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”), if available, third-party evidence (“TPE”), or best estimate of selling price (“BESP”), if neither VSOE nor TPE is
available. As the Company has been unable to establish VSOE or TPE for the elements of its arrangements, the Company establishes the BESP for each element.
The determination of BESP requires significant estimates and judgments. BESP is determined by considering the Company’s overall pricing objectives and
current market conditions. Other factors considered include existing pricing and discounting practices, historical comparisons of contract prices to list prices,
customer demographics, and gross margin objectives.
Revenue recognition begins when all the following criteria are met:
•
•
•
•
There is persuasive evidence of an arrangement;
The product or service is delivered to the customer;
The amount of fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable; and
The collection of the fees is reasonably assured.
Sales and other taxes collected from customers to be remitted to the taxing jurisdiction are excluded from revenues.
Subscription
and
Returns
Revenue
Subscription and returns revenue primarily consists of contractually agreed upon fees paid for using the Company’s cloud-based solutions and fees paid for
preparing and filing transaction tax returns on behalf of customers. Under the Company’s subscription agreements, customers select a price plan that includes an
allotted number of maximum transactions over the subscription term. Unused transactions are not carried over to the customer’s next subscription term, and
customers are not entitled to refund of fees paid or relief from fees due in the event they do not use the allotted number of transactions. If customers exceed the
maximum transaction level within their price plan, the Company will generally upgrade the customer to a higher transaction price plan or, in some cases, charge
overage fees on a per transaction basis.
The Company’s subscription arrangements do not provide the customer with the right to take possession of the software supporting the cloud-based
application services. The Company’s subscription contracts are generally non-cancelable except where contract terms provide rights to cancel in the first 60 days of
the contract term. The Company reserves for estimated cancellations based on actual history. Current history of customer cancellations has not had a significant
impact on revenue recognized.
84
AVALARA, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The Company invoices its subscription custome rs for the initial term at contract signing and at each subscription renewal. Initial terms generally range
from twelve to eighteen months, and renewal periods are typically one year. Amounts that are contractually billable and have been invoiced, or which have been
collected as cash are initially recorded as deferred revenue. While most of the Company’s customers are invoiced once at the beginning of the term, a portion of
customers are invoiced quarterly or monthly.
Tax returns processing services include collection of tax data and amounts, preparation of all compliance forms, and submission to taxing authorities.
Returns processing services are charged on a subscription basis for an allotted number of returns to process within a given time period or per return filing. The
consideration allocated to a returns subscription is recognized as revenue over the contract period commencing when the subscription services are made available to
the customer. The Company recognizes revenue when the return is filed when sold on a per return filing basis.
Included in the total subscription fee for cloud-based solutions are non-refundable upfront fees that are typically charged to each of the Company’s new
customers. These fees are associated with work performed to set up a customer with the Company’s services, and do not have standalone value. The Company
recognizes revenue for these fees over the expected term of the customer relationship, beginning when services commence. As of January 1, 2016, and through
December 31, 2018, the Company estimated an expected customer relationships term of 6 years. The Company continues to evaluate the expected customer life and
it is possible that the expected term of customer relationships may change in future periods.
Included in subscription and returns revenue is interest income on funds held for customers. The Company uses trust accounts at FDIC-insured institutions
to provide tax remittance services to customers and collect funds from customers in advance of remittance to tax authorities. Prior to remittance, the Company
earns interest on these funds. The interest income earned on funds held for customers was $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. Prior to April 1,
2018, the Company did not earn interest on these funds.
Professional
Services
Revenue
The Company bills for service arrangements on a fixed fee or time and materials basis. Professional services revenue includes fees from providing tax
analysis, configurations, data migrations, integration, training, and other support services. The consideration allocated to professional services is recognized as
revenue when services are performed and are collectable under the terms of the associated contracts.
Deferred
Revenue
Deferred revenue consists of customer billings and payments in advance of revenue being recognized from the Company’s contracts. The Company
typically invoices its customers annually in advance for its subscription-based contracts. Deferred revenue and accounts receivable are recorded at the beginning of
the new subscription term. For some customers, the Company invoices in monthly, quarterly, or multi-year installments and, therefore, the deferred revenue
balance does not necessarily represent the total contract value of all non-cancelable subscription agreements. Deferred revenue anticipated to be recognized during
the succeeding 12-month period is recorded as current deferred revenue and the remaining portion is recorded as noncurrent deferred revenue.
Integration
and
Referral
Partner
Commissions
The Company utilizes independent partners to build and maintain integrations for business applications, such as accounting, ERP, ecommerce, POS,
recurring billing, and CRM systems. These integrations link the business application to the Company’s cloud-based software solutions. Integration partners are paid
a commission based on a percentage of the sales that use the integration. In general, integration partners are paid a higher commission for the initial sale to a new
customer and a lower commission for renewal sales.
85
AVALARA, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Referral partners bring new customers to the Company and receive a commission that is based on a percentage of the first-year sales. Some of the
Company’s integration partners also refer customers that have purchased the partner’s bus iness application.
The Company recognizes commissions related to integration and referral partners in sales and marketing costs when a binding customer order is agreed to
by the Company and the customer. The Company expenses partner commissions as incurred and classifies these costs as sales and marketing expenses. Partner
commissions totaled $21.7 million, $14.3 million, and $9.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively.
An immaterial portion of the Company’s revenue is generated from sales made through integration partners, rather than through the Company. For these
transactions, the Company evaluates whether revenue should be presented on a gross basis, which is the amount that a customer pays for the Company’s solution,
or on a net basis, which is the customer payment less partner commissions. The Company has determined that a gross presentation is appropriate for revenue
generated through these integration partners, because the Company is the primary provider of services to the end customers and is the primary obligor in these
relationships. In addition, the Company has customer credit risk for non-payment, and the Company has latitude in establishing and negotiating prices on
transactions from these sources.
Cost
of
Revenue
Cost of revenue consists of personnel and related expenses for providing the Company’s solutions and supporting its customers, including salaries,
benefits, bonuses, and stock-based compensation, direct costs and allocated costs associated with information technology, tax content, and allocated rent and
overhead.
Advertising
Costs
The Company expenses all advertising costs as incurred and classifies these costs as sales and marketing expenses. Advertising expenses were
$18.8 million, $22.7 million, $19.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively.
Leases
The Company is a lessee of facilities in the United States, Canada, United Kingdom, Belgium, Brazil, and India and certain other equipment under non-
cancelable lease agreements. The Company categorizes leases at their inception as either operating or capital leases. For certain lease agreements, the Company
may receive rent holidays and other incentives, including allowances for leasehold improvements. Future operating lease payments are recognized as rent expense
on a straight-line basis without regard to deferred payment terms, such as rent holidays. Incentives received are treated as a reduction of rent expense over the term
of the agreement. Leasehold improvements are capitalized at cost and amortized over the lesser of their estimated useful life or the term of the lease.
Foreign
Currency
Translation
Assets and liabilities of each of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are translated at the exchange rate in effect at each period-end. Consolidated statement
of operations amounts are translated at the average rate of exchange prevailing during the period. Translation adjustments arising from differing exchange rates
from period to period are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) within shareholders’ equity (deficit).
Employee
Benefit
Plan
The Company offers a salary deferral 401(k) plan for its U.S. employees. The plan allows employees to contribute a percentage of their pretax earnings
annually, subject to limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Service. The plan also allows the Company to make a matching contribution, subject to certain
limitations. The Company contributed $0.8 million, $0.7 million, and $0.6 million to the plan in 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively.
86
AVALARA, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Stock-Based
Compensation
The Company accounts for stock-based compensation by calculating the fair value of each stock option, common stock warrant, restricted stock unit
(“RSU”), or purchase right issued under the Company’s 2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) at the date of grant. The fair value of stock options,
common stock warrants, and purchase rights issued under the ESPP is estimated by applying the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. This model uses the fair
value of the Company’s underlying common stock at the measurement date, the expected or contractual term of the option, the expected volatility of its common
stock, risk-free interest rates, and expected dividend yield of its common stock. The fair value of an RSU is determined using the fair value of the Company’s
underlying common stock on the date of grant. Beginning January 1, 2017, the Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur.
Deferred
Financing
Costs
Deferred financing costs, consisting primarily of legal, accounting, printing and filing services, and other direct fees and costs related to public offering of
common stock, are capitalized. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, $0.6 million and $1.6 million of deferred financing costs were recorded in prepaid expenses
and other current assets, respectively. The deferred financing costs related to the IPO were offset against proceeds from the IPO upon the closing of the offering in
June 2018.
Restructuring
Charges
In August 2017, management approved a plan to close the Company’s Overland Park office and consolidate these operations into the Seattle and Durham
locations. The restructuring plan was completed March 31, 2018.
In connection with this plan, the Company incurred restructuring charges of $0.8 million in 2017, including $0.7 million of termination benefits and other
reorganization costs, primarily associated with integrating the operations and $0.1 million related to an impairment loss on fixed assets. No restructuring liability
remained as of December 31, 2018. As of December 31, 2017, $0.6 million of restructuring liability remained.
Restructuring charges associated with this plan are included in restructuring charges in the consolidated statement of operations. Accrued termination
benefits are recorded in accrued payroll and related taxes on the consolidated balance sheet. The accrued termination benefit balance as of December 31, 2017 was
paid within one year.
Recently
Issued
Accounting
Pronouncements
As an “emerging growth company,” the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act, allows the Company to delay adoption of new or revised
accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. The Company has elected to use
the adoption dates applicable to private companies. As a result, the Company’s financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of issuers
who are required to comply with the effective date for new or revised accounting standards that are applicable to public companies.
Recently
Adopted
Accounting
Standards
In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01 which clarifies the definition of a business. The guidance in ASU No. 2017-01 is required for annual
reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018 for business entities that are not public, with early adoption permitted. The Company early adopted ASU
No. 2017-01 in conjunction with the asset acquisitions outlined in Note 6.
In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-16, which modifies the accounting for income taxes consequences of intra-entity transfers of assets other
than inventory. The guidance in ASU No. 2016-16 is required for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018 for business entities that are not
public, with early adoption permitted. The Company early adopted ASU No. 2016-16 in conjunction with an intra-entity transfer of intellectual property that
occurred in the fourth quarter of 2018. The adoption had an immaterial impact on the consolidated financial statements.
87
AVALARA, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
In March 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-09, related to Compensation
—Stock Compensation (“Topic 718”). This standard makes several modifications to Topic 718 related to the accounting for forfeitures, employer tax withholding
on share- based compensation and the financial statement presentation of excess tax benefits or deficiencies. ASU No. 2016-09 also clarifies the statement of cash
flows presentation for certain components of share-based awards. The standard is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15,
2017, for business entities that are not public, although early adoption is permitted. The Company early adopted ASU No. 2016-09 on January 1, 2017. The
Company elected to account for forfeitures up on occurrence and the net cumulative-effect was recognized as a $0.1 million increase to additional paid-in capital
and a $0.1 million increase to accumulated deficit upon adoption. Also upon adoption, the Company recorded a $11.3 million cumulative-effect adjustment
decrease in accumulated deficit and an offsetting increase in deferred tax assets for previously unrecognized excess tax benefits that existed as of January 1, 2017.
Since the realization of these deferred tax assets is not more likely than not to be recovered, in 2017 the Company recorded a $11.3 million valuation allowance
against these deferred tax assets with an offsetting increase in accumulated deficit.
In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, which eliminates step two from the goodwill impairment test. Under the amendments in ASU No.
2017-04, an entity should recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value. However, the loss
recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. ASU No. 2017-04 is effective for the Company in the first quarter of
fiscal 2021 on a prospective basis, and earlier adoption is permitted for goodwill impairment tests performed after January 1, 2017. The Company adopted ASU
No. 2017-04 on January 1, 2017. See Note 6 for further details.
New
Accounting
Standards
Not
Yet
Adopted
In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09 which, along with subsequent ASUs, amends the existing accounting standards for revenue recognition.
This guidance is based on principles that govern the recognition of revenue at an amount an entity expects to be entitled to receive when products are transferred to
customers. ASU No. 2014-09 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period
for public business entities, and for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018 for business entities that are not public. This guidance may be
applied retrospectively to each prior period presented or retrospectively with the cumulative effect recognized as of the date of adoption. Additionally, the new
guidance requires enhanced disclosures, including revenue recognition policies to identify performance obligations to customers and significant judgments in
measurement and recognition.
The Company has been assessing the impact of the adoption on its consolidated financial statements and accompanying disclosures in the footnotes to the
financial statements. The adoption will change revenue recognition for non-refundable upfront fees charged to new customers. Currently, the Company recognizes
revenue for these fees over the expected term of the customer relationship. Under the new guidance, the transaction price should be allocated to distinct
performance obligations. Because upfront fees do not represent a distinct performance obligation, any such fees will be recognized over the period in which distinct
performance obligations in the contract are satisfied, which is expected to be the subscription term. The Company is finalizing its analysis and the adoption of this
guidance is expected to result in a reduction of approximately $11.0 to $15.0 million of deferred revenue from the consolidated balance sheet upon adoption.
The adoption will also require capitalization of certain costs of obtaining a contract that are currently expensed, such as certain employee sales
commissions and partner commissions. These capitalized costs of obtaining a contract will be amortized over the expected period of benefit, which we consider to
be the average customer life of six years. The Company expects to capitalize between $18.0 million and $22.0 million of contract costs (e.g., deferred
commissions).
The Company does not expect the adoption of ASU No. 2014-09 to have any impact on its operating cash flow. The Company will adopt and implement
the new revenue recognition guidance, effective January 1, 2019, using the modified retrospective approach.
88
AVALARA, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02 which requires lessees to generally recognize most operating leases on the b alance sheets but record
expenses on the income statements in a manner similar to current accounting. The guidance is effective in 2020 for business entities that are not public with early
adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this guidance will have on the Company’s financial statements. The Company currently
expects that most operating lease commitments will be subject to the new standard and will be recognized as operating lease liabilities and right-of-use assets upon
adopti on. While the Company has not yet quantified the impact, these adjustments will increase total assets and total liabilities relative to such amounts reported
prior to adoption.
In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, related to classification of certain cash receipts and payments. ASU No. 2016-15 is intended to add or
clarify guidance on the classification of certain cash receipts and payments in the statement of cash flows and to eliminate the diversity in practice related to such
classifications. The guidance in ASU No. 2016-15 is required for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018 for business entities that are not
public, with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted the guidance on January 1, 2019. The adoption had no impact on the consolidated financial
statements.
In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-07, related to stock compensation for nonemployee share-based awards. ASU No. 2018-07 expands the
scope of Topic 718 – Compensation – Stock Compensation to include share-based payments issued to nonemployees in order to align the accounting for employees
and nonemployees. The guidance in ASU No. 2018-07 is required for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019 for business entities that are not
public, with early adoption permitted. The Company currently intends to early adopt the guidance as of January 1, 2019. The Company does not believe the
adoption will have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-15, related to implementation costs incurred in a cloud computing arrangement that is a service contract.
The guidance in ASU No. 2018-15 is required for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2020, for business entities that are not public, with early
adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this guidance will have on the Company’s financial statements.
3.
Fair
Value
Measurements
Assets
and
liabilities
measured
at
fair
value
on
a
recurring
basis
The fair value measurements of assets and liabilities recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets measured at fair value on a recurring
basis and the level within the fair value hierarchy in which the fair value measurements fall on dates presented as follows (in thousands):
December 31, 2018
Money market funds
Earnout related to acquisitions
December 31, 2017
Money market funds
Earnout related to acquisitions
Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
Fair Value Measurements Using
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Fair
Value
$
138,483 $
138,483
—
Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
Fair Value Measurements Using
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Fair
Value
$
10,261 $
380
10,261 $
$
380
89
AVALARA, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The Company uses the fair value hierarchy for financial assets and liabilities. The Company’s non-financial assets and liabilities, which include goodwill,
intangible assets, and long-lived assets, are not required to be measured at fair value on a recurri ng basis.
Earnout
Liability
The Company estimates the fair value of earnout liabilities using the probability-weighted discounted cash flow and Monte Carlo simulations. The
Company measured the fair value of the VAT Applications earnout liability upon acquisition of the company in 2015 using a Monte Carlo simulation approach
which utilized a discount rate of 15% and a risk-free rate based on linear interpolated U.S. Treasury rates commensurate with the term. As of December 31, 2016,
the earnout liability was valued utilizing a discount rate of 16% and a risk-free rate based on linear interpolated U.S. Treasury rates commensurate with the term.
During 2017, the Company agreed to settle its earnout obligations under the VAT Applications acquisition agreement for €2.5 million, or approximately
$3.1 million. This fixed amount was paid in 2018.
In 2016, the Company acquired Gyori Eto Empreendimentos e Particpacoes (“Gyori”), a business that provides certain tax-related compliance solutions
and content for the Brazilian market (see Note 5). The Company measured the fair value of the acquisition earnout liability using a Monte Carlo simulation
approach which utilized a discount rate of 19% and a risk-free rate based on linear interpolated U.S. Treasury rates commensurate with the term. As of
December 31, 2016 and 2017, the earnout liability was valued utilizing a discount rate of 20% and 22% respectively, and a risk-free rate based on linear
interpolated U.S. Treasury rates commensurate with the term. As of December 31, 2018, the fair value of the earnout liability was determined to be zero.
Earnout liabilities are classified as Level 3 liabilities because the Company uses unobservable inputs to value them, reflecting its assessment of the
assumptions market participants would use to value these liabilities. Changes in the fair value of earnout liability are recorded as other (income) expense, net in the
consolidated statements of operations.
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of recurring fair value measurements recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets
using significant unobservable (Level 3) inputs, except of the earnout liability for VAT Applications, is as follows (in thousands):
Earnout liability:
Balance beginning of period
Payments of earnout liability
Settlement of earnout liability
Total unrealized (gains) losses included in other income
Balance end of period
Assets
measured
at
fair
value
on
a
non-recurring
basis
December 31,
2018
December 31,
2017
$
$
380 $
—
—
(380)
— $
6,235
(2,101)
(3,051)
(703)
380
During 2018 and 2017, certain non-financial assets were measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, including goodwill and certain intangible assets.
In 2018, goodwill related to the Brazilian reporting unit, with a total carrying value of $9.2 million after considering currency fluctuations during the year, was
written down to fair value of zero, resulting in a $9.2 million impairment charge in the year ended December 31, 2018. In 2017, goodwill related to the Brazilian
reporting unit, with a total carrying value of $19.8 million was written down to fair value of $11.4 million, resulting in an impairment charge of $8.4 million in the
year ended December 31, 2017. The fair value was determined using significant unobservable (Level 3) inputs. See Note 6 for additional details on the impairment
charge and valuation methodologies.
90
AVALARA, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
4.
Balance
Sheet
Detail
Property and equipment, net consisted of the following (in thousands):
Computer equipment and software
Internally developed software
Furniture and fixtures
Office equipment
Leasehold improvements
Accumulated depreciation
Property and equipment—net
Useful
Life (Years)
3
6
5
5
1 to 10
December 31,
2018
December 31,
2017
$
$
12,904 $
3,620
5,850
586
26,788
49,748
(16,375)
33,373 $
12,884
2,512
4,459
622
20,339
40,816
(15,422)
25,394
Depreciation expense was $6.8 million, $4.9 million, and $5.2 million, for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively.
Prepaid expenses and other current assets (in thousands):
Prepaid expenses
Deferred financing costs
Deposits
Other
Total
Accrued expenses and trade payables consisted of the following (in thousands):
Accrued payroll and related taxes
Accrued bonus
Accrued sales commissions
ESPP contributions
Accrued state, federal, and local taxes
Accrued referral source commissions
Trade payables
Earnout liabilities
Accrued leasehold improvements
Other
Total
91
December 31,
2018
December 31,
2017
9,578 $
643
325
761
11,307 $
5,077
1,575
244
120
7,016
December 31,
2018
December 31,
2017
3,800 $
10,766
6,889
6,473
1,827
5,535
4,847
116
424
6,387
47,064 $
4,155
6,280
2,904
-
1,044
4,270
9,822
3,061
1,288
5,340
38,164
$
$
$
$
AVALARA, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
5.
Acquisition
September
2016
Acquisition
of
Gyori
in
Brazil
On September 22, 2016, the Company completed a stock purchase agreement (the “Gyori Purchase”) to acquire Gyori Eto Empreendimentos e
Particpacoes (“Gyori”), a business that provides tax-related compliance solutions and content for the Brazilian market. The business was previously conducted by
five separate companies and was combined into one holding company, Gyori, several months prior to the closing of the acquisition. The Company accounted for
the Gyori Purchase as a business combination. As a result of the acquisition, the Company further expanded its global reach and its ability to provide transaction
tax solutions in one of the world’s most complicated transaction tax jurisdictions.
The Company continues to integrate Gyori’s operations, including sales activities and general and administrative functions into the Company’s worldwide
operations, and has re-branded the product offerings to use the Avalara tradename. Acquisition-related costs of $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016
were primarily for professional fees to perform due diligence and legal fees associated with the acquisition.
The total purchase price was $21.7 million, consisting of $17.2 million in cash, 285,710 shares of common stock valued at $3.8 million, and an earnout
provision valued upon acquisition at $0.7 million with a maximum payout of $6.8 million based on future financial performance. The earnout provides for three
annual payouts based on achieving specified growth in base annual recurring revenue (“BARR”) for each year. The BARR, as defined in the stock purchase
agreement, is based on such revenue from July 1, 2015 to June 30, 2016. The maximum annual payments that can be earned in each of the next three-year periods
is as follows:
(1)
(2)
(3)
For Year 1 (July 1, 2016 to June 30, 2017) achieving 25% growth over BARR earns $0.6 million;
for Year 2 (July 1, 2017 to June 30, 2018), achieving 68.75% growth over BARR earns $2.5 million; and
for Year 3 (July 1, 2018 to June 30, 2019), achieving 144.69% growth over BARR earns $3.7 million.
The earnout was originally recognized at fair value at the date of the business combination and was recorded as a liability on the balance sheet. The earnout
is adjusted to fair value quarterly (see Note 3). No amounts were earned in the Year 1 or Year 2 performance periods.
The allocation of the fair value of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed in the Gyori Purchase is provided in the following table (in thousands):
Assets acquired:
Current assets
Other non-current assets
Developed technology, customer relationships,
and other intangibles
Goodwill (includes assembled workforce)
Total assets acquired
Liabilities assumed:
Debt obligations, current portion
Other current liabilities
Debt obligations, non-current portion
Deferred tax liabilities
Other non-current liabilities
Total liabilities assumed
Net assets acquired
92
$
$
628
65
4,669
19,382
24,744
495
903
89
1,257
349
3,093
21,651
AVALARA, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The Company utilizes different valuation approaches and methodologies to determine the fair value of the acquired assets. A summary of the valuation
methodologies, significant assumptions, and estimated useful lives of acquired intangibles in the Gyori Pur chase are provided in the below table (in thousands):
Intangible
Customer relationships
Trademarks and trade names
Developed technology and
customer database
Noncompetition agreements
Assigned Value
$
1,073
81
3,387
128
Valuation Methodology
Multi-period excess
earnings-income approach
Relief from royalty-
income approach
Relief from royalty-
income approach
With-and-without valuation-
income approach
Discount Rate
Assigned Useful
Life
20.0%
10 years
20.0%
1 year
19.0%
6 years
20.0%
3 years
The excess of the purchase price over the net identifiable tangible and intangible assets of $19.4 million was recorded as goodwill, which includes
synergies expected from the combined service offerings and the value of the assembled workforce. The goodwill is expected to be non-deductible for tax purposes.
During the third quarter of 2018, the Company recorded a $9.2 million goodwill impairment charge related to the Brazil business (see Note 6). During the
fourth quarter of 2017, the Company recorded an $8.4 million goodwill impairment charge related to the Brazil business. The charge is included in Goodwill
impairment in the consolidated statement of operations.
For the period from the date of the Gyori acquisition through December 31, 2016, revenue was $1.2 million and the pre-tax loss was $1.4 million from the
Gyori business. The unaudited pro forma combined results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2016 for Avalara and Gyori as though the companies
were combined as of January 1, 2016 is revenue of $172.0 million and net loss of $59.7 million. The unaudited pro forma financial information also included the
business combination accounting effects resulting from the acquisition, including amortization charges from acquired intangibles. The unaudited pro forma
financial information is for informational purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that would have been achieved if the Gyori
acquisition had taken place as of January 1, 2016.
6.
Intangible
Assets
Finite-lived intangible assets consisted of the following (in thousands):
Customer relationships
Developed technology
Noncompete agreements
Tradename and trademarks
Customer relationships
Developed technology
Noncompete agreements
Tradename and trademarks
Average Useful Life
(Years)
3 to 10
3 to 8
3 to 5
1 to 4
Average Useful Life
(Years)
3 to 10
3 to 8
3 to 5
1 to 4
93
$
$
$
$
Gross
December 31, 2018
Accumulated
Amortization
15,412 $
30,935
574
420
47,341 $
(9,202) $
(17,806)
(542)
(420)
(27,970) $
Gross
December 31, 2017
Accumulated
Amortization
15,270 $
24,781
586
419
41,056 $
(7,347) $
(13,785)
(446)
(404)
(21,982) $
Net
Net
6,210
13,129
32
—
19,371
7,923
10,996
140
15
19,074
AVALARA, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Finite-lived intangible assets are generally amortized on a straight-line basis over the remaining estimated useful life as management believes that this
reflects the expected benefit to be received from these assets. Finite-lived intangible assets amortization expense was $6.0 million, $5.7 million, and $5.1 million,
for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. Future amortization expense as of December 31, 2018, related to these finite-lived intangible
assets is expected to be as follows (in thousands):
Years Ending December 31
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
Thereafter
$
$
5,652
4,607
3,355
2,413
1,989
1,355
19,371
Acquisitions
of
finite-lived
intangible
assets
In May 2018, the Company acquired certain intangible assets from Atlantax Systems, Inc (“Atlantax”) pursuant to a purchase arrangement structured to
incent Atlantax to convert their existing customers to become Avalara customers. Total consideration for the purchase is based on an earnout computed on future
revenue recognized by the Company over the next four years, up to a maximum of $1.9 million. At closing, the Company funded $0.4 million to Atlantax as a p
repayment against future earnings. As of December 31, 2018, the total prepayment of $0.4 million was capitalized as a customer relationship intangible asset and is
being amortized using an estimated useful life of five years. As future earnout payments become known, those costs will be capitalized as part of the customer
relationship asset and amortized over the remaining useful life. The Company incurred immaterial legal costs related to the transaction that were capitalized as part
of the customer relationship asset.
In May 2018, the Company acquired developed technology to facilitate cross-border transactions (e.g., tariffs and duties), from Tradestream Technologies
Inc. and Wise 24 Inc. (the “Sellers”) for cash and common stock. Total consideration for the purchase includes an earnout computed on future revenue and billings
recognized by the Company over the next six years, up to a maximum of $30.0 million. The earnout is payable in cash and common stock at the end of each six-
month measurement period ending on June 30 or December 31 through 2023, with the first earnout period ending December 31, 2018. The cash portion of the
earnout is computed based on eligible billings in the measurement period. The number of shares of common stock to be issued is computed based on the eligible
revenue recognized in the measurement period divided by the average closing price of the Company’s common stock during the last ten days of the measurement
period.
At closing, the Company made a $1.5 million cash payment to the Sellers and made an additional $2.5 million cash payment in June 2018. Under the asset
purchase agreement, the Company is also required to issue 113,122 shares of common stock as follows: 37,708 shares on November 29, 2018, 37,708 shares on
May 29, 2019, and 37,706 shares on November 29, 2019. While the initial cash payments totaling $4.0 million are non-refundable, they are a prepayment against
future earnout payments and will reduce the future cash portion of the earnout. The earnout payments, initial cash payments and equity issuances described above
are all subject to clawback or set-off, as applicable, in the event of certain claims for which the Company is indemnified by the Sellers and their shareholders.
The Company incurred approximately $0.1 million in legal costs related to the transaction that were capitalized as part of the developed technology asset.
As of December 31, 2018, total consideration of $7.1 million, consisting of the cash paid, the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of the asset
purchase, and the transaction costs incurred, was allocated to the acquired assets based on the relative fair value, consisting of a $6.6 million developed technology
intangible asset that will be amortized using an estimated useful life of 6 years and a $0.5 million current other receivable for a refundable tax credit owed to the
Company related to transfer taxes paid to the Sellers. As future earnout payments become due, those costs will be capitalized as part of the developed technology
asset and amortized over the remaining useful life. As of December 31, 2018, an earnout liability of $0.1 million was recorded within accrued expenses and trade
payables on the consolidated balance sheet.
94
AVALARA, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Goodwill
Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill through December 31, 2018, are summarized as follows (in thousands):
Balance—January 1, 2018
Cumulative translation adjustments
Goodwill impairment
Balance—December 31, 2018
$
$
72,482
(2,008)
(9,174)
61,300
Goodwill is tested for impairment annually on October 31 at the reporting unit level or whenever circumstances occur indicating goodwill might be
impaired. The impairment test involves comparing the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value, including goodwill. Fair value reflects the price a
market participant would be willing to pay in a potential sale of the reporting unit. If the fair value exceeds the carrying value, the Company will conclude that no
goodwill impairment has occurred. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the Company will recognize an impairment loss in an amount
equal to the excess, not to exceed the carrying value.
The Company has three reporting units for goodwill impairment testing consisting of its U.S., European, and Brazilian operations. During the third quarter
of 2018, the Company updated its long-term cash flow forecast for the Brazilian reporting unit to reflect recent performance indicators that suggested it will take
longer to execute on the Company’s long-term strategies to achieve anticipated growth and cash flow objectives. The updated long-term cash flow forecast
indicated a longer time horizon to positive cash flow, compared to the last update in the fourth quarter of 2017. As a result, management concluded that there was
an interim triggering event and performed an impairment test during the third quarter of 2018 on an interim basis. This test resulted in a $9.2 million impairment of
the Brazilian goodwill reporting unit, which was recorded during the third quarter of 2018. The goodwill impairment charge is included in Goodwill impairment in
the consolidated statements of operations.
The Company used a quantitative approach to measure the fair value of its Brazilian reporting unit using a discounted cash flow approach, which is a Level
3 measurement. The Company concluded it was not appropriate to use a market valuation approach due primarily to a lack of publicly traded companies in similar
businesses. The discounted cash flow analysis requires significant judgments, including estimation of future cash flows, which is dependent on internal forecasts,
determination of the Company’s weighted average cost of capital, which is risk-adjusted to reflect the specific risk profile of the reporting unit being tested, and
determination of revenue multiples, which are based on guideline public company multiples and adjusted for the specific size and risk profile of the reporting unit.
The weighted average cost of capital used in the Company’s analysis was 30%. Upon completion of the analysis, the fair value of the Brazilian reporting unit was
substantially less than the carrying value.
As part of the Company’s annual impairment test, a qualitative impairment test was performed for the Company’s U.S. reporting unit. The Company
concluded it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value.
A quantitative impairment test was performed for the Company’s European reporting unit. Upon completion, the fair value of the European reporting unit
was in excess of the carrying value. When following a quantitative approach, the Company measures the fair value of its reporting units using a combination of a
discounted cash flow approach and the market valuation approach using publicly traded company multiples in similar businesses, which are Level 3 measurements.
This analysis requires significant judgments, including estimation of future cash flows, which is dependent on internal forecasts, determination of the Company’s
weighted average cost of capital, which is risk-adjusted to reflect the specific risk profile of the reporting unit being tested, and determination of revenue multiples,
which are based on guideline public company multiples and adjusted for the specific size and risk profile of the reporting unit. The weighted average cost of capital
used in the Company’s most recent annual impairment test was 25%.
95
AVALARA, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
In the first ten months of 2017, the Brazi lian reporting unit did not meet revenue or cash flow objectives due primarily to longer than expected integration
efforts and a smaller proportion of recurring revenues than previously anticipated. This led to a delay in the forecasted timing of future re venue and cash flow
compared to previous expectations. In addition to delaying cash flows, management also updated its internal forecast to reflect lower assumed future revenue
growth rates. As a result, management concluded that a n $8.4 million impairment adjustment was required. The goodwill impairment charge is included in
Goodwill impairment in the consolidated statements of operations .
The Company had $17.6 million and $8.4 million of accumulated goodwill impairment as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. As of December
31, 2018, the Company has no remaining goodwill associated with the Brazilian reporting unit.
7.
Commitments
and
Contingencies
Leases
The Company has non-cancelable operating leases for office facilities in the United States, Canada, United Kingdom, Belgium, Brazil and India that expire
through 2028. Rent expense was $9.9 million, $5.7 million, and $4.8 million, for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively.
The Company’s obligation for payments under these leases is as follows (in thousands):
Years Ending December 31
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
Thereafter
Total minimum lease payments (1)
Operating
Leases
9,095
9,533
10,048
9,585
8,965
32,729
79,955
$
$
(1) Minimum lease payments have not been reduced by minimum sublease rentals of $5.4 million due in the future under noncancelable subleases.
In June 2016, the Company entered into an office lease agreement (the “King Street Lease”), which the Company began using in the first quarter of 2018
for its new corporate headquarters. The Company’s lease for its former corporate headquarters will expire at the end of 2022. The Company entered into a sublease
agreement for its former corporate headquarters in the fourth quarter of 2018. Sublease income was $0.3 million for 2018.
The King Street Lease provides for a term of 120 full calendar months commencing when the Landlord delivers the premises to the Company, which was
in the first quarter of 2018. Pursuant to the King Street Lease, base rent will be approximately $231,424 per month for the first ten months following the
commencement of the term, and will increase each twelve-month period thereafter and as additional floors are added to the lease. Further, base rent will be
approximately $578,872 per month for the final twelve months of the lease. The base rent payments do not include the Company’s proportionate share of any
operating expenses for the location.
Commitments
The Company has commitments related to network infrastructure, hosting services, and software licenses. The Company’s obligation for future payments
under these contracts is $4.4 million, $3.5 million, and $3.5 million for each of the years ending December 31, 2019 through 2021, respectively.
96
AVALARA, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Contingencies
Loss contingencies may arise in connection with the ordinary conduct of the Company’s business activities. The Company considers all loss contingencies
on a quarterly basis and based on known facts assesses whether potential losses are considered reasonably possible, probable and estimable. The Company
establishes an accrual for loss contingencies when the loss is both probable and reasonably estimable. These accruals represent management’s estimate of probable
losses and, in such cases, there may be an exposure to loss in excess of the amounts accrued. Significant judgment is required to determine both likelihood of there
being a probable loss and the estimated amount of a loss. If a loss contingency is not both probable and reasonably estimable, the Company does not establish an
accrual, but will evaluate other disclosure requirements and continue to monitor the matter for developments that would make the loss contingency both probable
and reasonably estimable. The ultimate outcome of any litigation relating to a loss contingency is uncertain and, regardless of outcome, litigation can have an
adverse impact on the Company because of defense costs, negative publicity, diversion of management resources and other factors.
Pursuant to the Company’s agreement with the Streamlined Sales Tax Governing Board, Inc., or SST, the Company calculates and remits sales taxes to
certain states on behalf of its customers, and that agreement contains provisions detailing the circumstances under which the Company may become liable to
member states in the event of delinquent payment of taxes. In a situation where the state is conducting a sales tax audit and the Company’s customer has declared
bankruptcy or otherwise terminated operations before the appropriate documentation or tax liabilities have been remitted to the taxing jurisdiction, the Company
could be held to be financially responsible for certain tax liabilities.
The Company accrues for estimated losses for SST sales tax audits at the time it recognizes revenue based on an evaluation of the history of loss in
comparison to historical revenue. The Company adjusts this estimate as needed when actual experience differs from previously recorded amounts, or when a
particularly significant or unusual claim or liability is deemed probable of payment by the Company. The reserve for estimated losses from SST sales tax audits is
$0.1 million and $0.1 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
In its standard subscription agreements, the Company has agreed to indemnification provisions with respect to certain matters. Further, from time to time,
the Company has also assumed indemnification obligations through its acquisition activity. These indemnification provisions can create a liability to the Company
if its services do not appropriately calculate taxes due to tax jurisdictions, or if the Company is delinquent in the filing of returns on behalf of its customers.
Although the Company’s agreements have disclaimers of warranties that limit its liability (beyond the amounts the Company agrees to pay pursuant to its
indemnification obligations and guarantees, as applicable), a court could determine that such disclaimers and limitations are unenforceable as a matter of law and
hold the Company liable for certain errors. Further, in some instances the Company has negotiated agreements with specific customers or assumed agreements in
connection with the Company’s acquisitions that do not limit this liability or disclaim these warranties. It is not possible to reasonably estimate the potential loss
under these indemnification arrangements.
While the Company has never paid a material claim related to these indemnification provisions, the Company believes that, as of December 31, 2018 and
2017, there is a reasonable possibility that a loss may be incurred pursuant to certain of these arrangements and estimates a range of loss of up to $2.0 million. The
Company has not recorded an accrual related to these arrangements as of December 31, 2018 or 2017 because it has not determined that a loss is probable. While
no claim has been asserted against the Company, if such claim were made, the Company would vigorously defend itself. The ultimate outcome of these potential
obligations is unknown, and it is possible that the actual losses could be higher than the estimated range.
97
AVALARA, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
On October 22, 2018, PTP OneClick, LLC (“PTP”) filed a lawsuit against Avalara, Inc. in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of
Wisconsin. The lawsuit alleges that making, using, offering to sell, and selling AvaTax, Avalara Returns, and TrustFile (the “Avalara Products”) infringe U.S.
Patent No. 9,760,915 held by PTP and also alleges unspecified trade secret misappropriation, unfair competition, and breach of c ontract. PTP seeks judgments of
willful patent infringement, willful trade secret misappropriation, unfair competition, and breach of contract. PTP requests preliminary and permanent injunctions
to enjoin the Company from making, using, offering to sell, a nd selling the Avalara Products along with treble damages and attorneys’ fees. Based upon the
Company’s review of the complaint and the specified patent, the Company believes that the Company has meritorious defenses to PTP’s claims. On November 7,
2018, t he Company moved to dismiss the lawsuit and to have the patent held invalid. The Company has also moved to transfer the matter to the United States
District Court located in Seattle, Washington. The Company intends to continue to vigorously defend against PTP’s allegations.
8.
Debt
Loan
and
Security
Agreement
In November 2017, the Company amended its June 2016 loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank and Ally Bank (the “Lenders”). The credit
arrangements included a senior secured $30.0 million term loan facility that was repaid in August 2018, and currently includes a $50.0 million revolving credit
facility (collectively, the “Credit Facilities”). The $50.0 million revolving credit facility, which is subject to a borrowing base limitation and is reduced by
outstanding letters of credit, must be repaid in November 2019. The obligations under the Credit Facilities are collateralized by substantially all the assets of the
Company, including intellectual property, receivables, and other tangible and intangible assets.
Using a portion of the proceeds from the IPO, in June 2018, the company repaid $33.0 million of borrowings outstanding under the revolving credit facility
and in August 2018, the Company repaid $30.0 million of borrowings outstanding under the term loan. There were no borrowings outstanding under the Credit
Facilities as of December 31, 2018.
Collectively, the Credit Facilities include several affirmative and negative covenants, including a requirement that the Company maintain minimum net
billings and minimum liquidity and observe restrictions on dispositions of property, changes in its business, mergers or acquisitions, incurring indebtedness, and
distributions or investments. Written consent of the Lenders is required to pay dividends to shareholders, with the exception of dividends payable in common stock.
As of December 31, 2018, the Company was in compliance with all covenants of the Credit Facilities.
The Company is required to pay a quarterly fee of 0.50% per annum on the undrawn portion available under the revolving credit facility plus the sum of
outstanding letters of credit. Under the Credit Facilities, the interest rate on the revolving credit facility is based on the greater of either 4.25% or the current prime
rate plus 1.75%.
In August 2008, the Company entered into a note payable for $0.4 million that bears interest at 2.54%. The note was payable and due upon demand with a
remaining balance of $0.2 million as of December 31, 2017. The note was repaid in April 2018.
98
AVALARA, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Outstanding borrowings consisted of the following (in thousands):
Current portion:
Credit facilities
Note payable
Total current portion of long-term debt
Noncurrent portion:
Credit facilities
Total noncurrent portion of long-term debt
December 31,
2018
December 31,
2017
$
$
$
— $
—
— $
—
— $
625
234
859
38,840
38,840
Deferred financing fees, net of amortization, related to the Credit Facility are reflected as a direct reduction in the carrying amount of noncurrent debt in the balance
sheet as of December 31, 2017 and the table above. Upon closing the November 2017 amendment to the Credit Facilities, the Company paid commitment fees to
the Lenders of $0.4 million. In the third quarter of 2018, concurrent with the repayment of the remaining borrowings under the Credit Facilities, $0.1 million of the
deferred financing fees, net of amortization, related to the term loan were written off. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, deferred financing fees, net of
amortization, were $0.2 million and $0.5 million, respectively. The remaining deferred financing fees as of December 31, 2018 relate to the revolving credit facility
and were reclassified to the prepaid expenses and other current assets line item in the balance sheet.
9.
Convertible
Preferred
Stock
and
Shareholders’
Equity
(Deficit)
Authorized
Capital—Common
Stock
and
Preferred
Stock
The Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock designated as common stock and preferred stock. In June 2018, immediately following the IPO,
the Board of Directors approved the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, which increased authorized capital stock from 260,290,986 shares, consisting
of 153,944,895 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and 106,346,091 shares of convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share, to
authorized capital stock of 620,000,000 shares, consisting of 600,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and 20,000,000 shares of
undesignated preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share. There were no changes to the rights and preferences of the common stock as a result of the IPO.
During 2018, the Company repurchased shares from employees and non-employee investors at fair value for $1.7 million.
Convertible
Preferred
Stock
Immediately prior to the completion of the IPO, all outstanding shares of preferred stock converted into 50,888,014 shares of the Company’s common
stock on a 2-to-1 basis. As of December 31, 2018, there were no shares of convertible preferred stock issued and outstanding.
99
AVALARA, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The following shares of common stock had been reserved for issuance up on conversion of the preferred stock, (in thousands):
Conversion of outstanding Series A preferred stock
Conversion of outstanding Series A-1 preferred stock
Conversion of outstanding Series A-2 preferred stock
Conversion of outstanding Series B preferred stock
Conversion of outstanding Series B-1 preferred stock
Conversion of outstanding Series C preferred stock
Conversion of outstanding Series C-1 preferred stock
Conversion of outstanding Series D preferred stock
Conversion of outstanding Series D-1 preferred stock
Conversion of outstanding Series D-2 preferred stock
Total shares of common stock reserved for
future issuance
December 31,
2017
6,154
2,344
139
896
10,759
3,534
4,255
4,283
11,404
7,122
50,890
The Company had designated ten outstanding series of convertible redeemable preferred stock (collectively, the “Series Preferred Stock”, consisting of
Series A, A-1, and A-2, Series B and B-1, Series C and C-1, Series D, D-1 and D-2) as of December 31, 2017. As of December 31, 2017, the Company was
authorized to issue 106,346,091 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share.
Prior to the IPO, the Series Preferred Stock had conversion to common and liquidation values per share as follows:
Preferred Stock Series
A
A-1
A-2
B
B-1
C
C-1
D
D-1
D-2
Purchase Date
November 30, 2005
March 15, 2009
January 21, 2010
May 14, 2010
November 5, 2010
June 18, 2012
November 13, 2013
February 12, 2014
November 10, 2014
September 12, 2016
Conversion
Ratio to
Common Stock
Per Share
Liquidation
Preference
2:1 $
2:1
2:1
2:1
2:1
2:1
2:1
2:1
2:1
2:1
0.8880
0.4440
1.6908
0.9400
1.1000
2.8291
1.5000
5.2500
6.3200
6.7500
The rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions for the Series Preferred Stock were as follows:
Voting
The Series Preferred Stock was entitled to vote on all matters submitted to the shareholders for a vote together with the holders of common stock, in
addition to being entitled to vote as a separate class, or classes, on certain other matters. Each share of common stock was entitled to one vote. Each share of Series
Preferred Stock was entitled to a number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of such Series Preferred Stock as of the
record date for such vote.
100
AVALARA, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Dividends
The Company could not declare or pay or set apart any dividend on any shares of Series Preferred Stock unless the Company simultaneously declared and
paid an equivalent dividend in respect of each of the other outstanding shares of Series Preferred Stock (on a converted to common basis). No dividends were
declared or paid during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016.
Liquidation
In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, the holders of shares of Series Preferred Stock then
outstanding were entitled to receive by reason of their ownership in preference to any distribution of assets of the Company to the holders of the common stock or
any other of the preferred stock that ranked junior in liquidation to the Series Preferred Stock, on a pari passu basis, an amount per share equal to the liquidation
value plus all declared and unpaid dividends on such shares of Series Preferred Stock. The table above lists the liquidation value of the Series Preferred Stock
before adjustment for stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, reorganizations, recapitalizations, reclassifications, or similar transactions affecting the number of
outstanding shares.
The Series Preferred Stock contained provisions that, in the event of a change in the control of the Company, gave the holders of the Series Preferred Stock
liquidation rights equal to the liquidation preference on the Series Preferred Stock. Due to these redemption characteristics, the Company’s convertible preferred
stock was presented separate and apart from permanent shareholders’ equity (deficit) in the consolidated balance sheets.
Conversion
Rights
The Series Preferred Stock was convertible to common stock. Any shares of Series Preferred Stock may, at the option of the holder, have been converted at
any time into fully-paid and non-assessable shares of common stock. The Series Preferred Stock also contained an anti-dilution conversion feature under which the
respective conversion prices established at the time of each issuance of Series Preferred Stock were reset to a lower conversion price, if and when, the Company is
to issue additional shares of any class of stock at a price that is lower than the initial conversion price established in each respective issuance of Series Preferred
Stock. This form of anti-dilution protection commonly referred to as “down-round protection”, was never triggered.
Warrant
Instruments
There were no warrants to purchase common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2018.
At December 31, 2017, the following warrants to purchase common stock were outstanding:
Class
Common stock
Shares
(In thousands)
490
Exercise
Price
$1.50 to $13.84
Fair Value
at Issuance
$0.178 to $6.280
At December 31, 2016, the following warrants to purchase common stock were outstanding:
Class
Common stock
Shares
(In
thousands)
678
Exercise
Price
$0.96 to $12.60
Fair Value at
Issuance
$0.046 to $5.120
101
Term
(Years)
Term
(Years)
10
10
AVALARA, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Common
Stock
Warrants
Common stock warrants were granted to the Company’s Board of Directors for services provided. During each of 2018, 2017, and 2016, the Company
issued 80,000 common stock warrants with weighted average exercise prices of $16.60, $13.84, and $12.60 per share, respectively. The warrants were valued with
a grant date fair value of $0.5 million, $0.5 million, and $0.4 million, respectively, and were expensed as general and administrative expenses for the years ended
December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. The common stock warrants contained net settlement provisions that allowed for net exercise and expired in
connection with the closing of a public offering of the Company’s common stock, if unexercised at that date. During 2018, and prior to the completion of the IPO,
363,000 common stock warrants were exercised for total proceeds of $3.7 million. Immediately prior to the completion of the IPO, the remaining common stock
warrants then outstanding were automatically net exercised into 144,945 shares of the Company’s common stock. See Note 10 for further discussion of how the
Company accounts for stock-based compensation.
10.
Equity
Incentive
Plans
The Company has stock-based compensation plans that provide for the award of equity incentives, including stock options, stock awards, and RSUs. As of
December 31, 2018, the Company had stock options outstanding under the 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2018 Plan”), the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the
“2006 Plan”) and the Taxcient, Inc. (“Taxcient”) 2005 Stock Option Plan (the “Taxcient Plan”) and had RSUs outstanding under the 2018 Plan. As of December
31, 2018, the Company also has an employee stock purchase plan. As of December 31, 2017, the Company had stock options outstanding under the 2006 Plan and
the Taxcient Plan.
In April 2018, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted the 2018 Plan which became effective in connection with the Company’s IPO. The 2018 Plan
allows the Company to grant equity incentives to employees, directors, advisors, and consultants providing services to the Company. The 2018 Plan is administered
by the Company’s Board of Directors and the Compensation and Leadership Development Committee of the Board of Directors. The total number of shares of
common stock reserved for issuance under the 2018 Plan is equal to (1) 5,315,780 shares plus (2) any shares subject to outstanding awards under the 2006 Plan as
of June 14, 2018 that subsequently cease to be subject to such awards. The available shares automatically increase each January 1, beginning January 1, 2019, by
the lesser of (i) 5% of the aggregate number of shares of common stock outstanding on December 31st of the immediately preceding calendar year (rounded up to
the nearest whole share) and (ii) an amount determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. As of December 31, 2018, 265,024 shares were subject to
outstanding awards and 5,197,276 shares were available for issuance under the 2018 Plan. The 2018 Plan provides that on the occurrence of certain strategic events,
such as a change in control in which options are not assumed or substituted, outstanding options shall become fully vested and exercisable or payable.
Prior to the 2018 Plan, the Company awarded stock options under the 2006 Plan to employees, directors, advisors, and consultants providing services to the
Company. The 2006 Plan was terminated in connection with the Company’s IPO. Accordingly, no shares are available for future awards under this plan.
Outstanding awards under the 2006 Plan continue to be subject to the terms and conditions of the 2006 Plan. The 2006 Plan was administered by the Company’s
Board of Directors and the Compensation and Leadership Development Committee of the Board of Directors. The 2006 Plan provides that on the occurrence of
certain strategic events, such as a change in control, the vesting of outstanding options shall be accelerated by an amount of time equal to the vesting period that has
elapsed prior to such event, whether or not such options are assumed or substituted in the transaction. If the surviving or acquiring corporation does not assume
such options, they will terminate prior to the transaction.
As of December 31, 2018, there were 10,889,879 shares subject to outstanding stock options under the 2006 Plan.
In connection with the Company’s acquisition of Taxcient in 2010, the Company assumed the outstanding stock options issued by Taxcient under the
Taxcient Plan, with appropriate adjustments to the number of shares and per share exercise prices in accordance with the merger agreement. At the time of the
acquisition, the Company terminated the Taxcient Plan for purposes of future grants. As of December 31, 2018, there were 13,591 shares subject to outstanding
options under the Taxcient Plan, respectively, all of which were fully vested.
102
AVALARA, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Stock-Based
Compensation
The Company recognized total stock-based compensation cost related to equity incentive awards as follows (in thousands):
Stock-based compensation cost:
Common stock warrants
Stock options
Restricted stock units
Employee stock purchase plan
Total stock-based compensation cost
2018
For the Year Ended December 31,
2017
2016
$
$
512 $
13,279
90
2,069
15,950 $
484 $
11,295
-
-
11,779 $
372
7,767
-
-
8,139
A small portion of stock-based compensation cost above is capitalized in accordance with the accounting guidance for internal-use software. The Company
uses the straight-line attribution method for recognizing stock-based compensation expense.
Stock
Options
The following table summarizes stock option activity for the Company’s stock-based compensation plans for 2018:
Options outstanding as of January 1, 2018
Options granted
Options exercised
Options cancelled or expired
Options outstanding as of December 31, 2018
Options exercisable as of December 31, 2018
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
9.94
19.59
7.63
13.78
12.17
9.00
Shares
10,727,125 $
2,564,528
(1,373,962)
(823,621)
11,094,070
6,735,086 $
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(in thousands)
7.00 $
71,430
6.81
5.63 $
210,523
149,206
A summary of options outstanding and vested as of December 31, 2018 is as follows:
Exercise Prices
$0.70 to $1.90
2.86 to 6.40
8.04 to 11.72
12.20 to 15.06
16.06 to 24.00
31.99 to 42.21
Options Outstanding
Number
Outstanding
Weighted
Average
Life (in Years)
Options Vested and Exercisable
Weighted
Average
Life (in Years)
998,478
1,173,571
1,476,371
4,696,460
2,558,590
190,600
11,094,070
Number Vested
and Exercisable
998,478
1,173,571
1,472,047
2,926,377
163,780
833
6,735,086
2.16
4.27
5.23
7.56
9.12
9.63
2.16
4.27
5.23
7.37
8.96
9.92
The total intrinsic value of options exercised during 2018, 2017, and 2016 was $17.4 million, $6.6 million, and $8.6 million, respectively.
103
AVALARA, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The weighted average grant date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 , and 2016 , was $ 9.07 , $6.44, and $5.76
per share, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2018, 2,002,503 options vested. There were 4,358 ,984 options unvested as of December 31, 2018 .
Stock-based compensation cost is recorded on a straight-line basis over the vesting term of each option grant. As of December 31, 2018, $27.6 million of
total unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options was expected to be recognized over a period of approximately three years.
All stock-based payments to employees are measured based on the grant date fair value of the awards and recognized in the consolidated statements of
operations over the period during which the employee is required to perform services in exchange for the award, generally the four-year, straight-line vesting
period. For the periods presented, the fair value of options was estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:
Fair value of common stock
Volatility
Expected term
Expected dividend yield
Risk-free interest rate
2018
$16.86 to $42.21
40%
6 years
n/a
2.55% to 3.10%
For the Year Ended December 31,
2017
$13.84 to $16.06
40% to 43%
6 years
n/a
2.02% to 2.22%
2016
$12.34 to $13.84
40 to 45%
6 years
n/a
1.35% to 2.26%
The Board of Directors intends all options granted to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the per share fair value of the Company’s common
stock underlying those options on the date of grant. Following the closing of the IPO, the fair value per share of the Company’s common stock for purposes of
determining stock-based compensation is the closing price of the Company’s common stock as reported on the applicable grant date.
Prior to the IPO, the fair value of the common stock underlying stock options and common stock warrants was estimated by the Board of Directors, with
input from management and third-party valuation firms. The enterprise value utilized in determining the fair value of common stock for financial reporting
purposes was estimated using the market approach and the income approach. Under the market approach, the Company used the guideline public company method,
which estimates the fair value of the business enterprise based on market prices of stock of guideline public companies and the option pricing method. Indications
of value were estimated by utilizing revenue multiples to measure enterprise value. The guideline merged and acquired company method was not utilized in the
valuation, as the Company regarded the method as less reliable as management believed it did not directly reflect the Company’s future prospects. The income
approach estimated the enterprise value based on the present value of the Company’s future estimated cash flows and the residual value beyond the forecast period.
The residual value was based on an exit (or terminal) multiple observed in the comparable company method analysis. The future cash flows and residual value were
discounted to their present value to reflect the risks inherent in the Company achieving these estimated cash flows. The discount rate was based on venture capital
rates of return for companies nearing an initial public offering. The discount rate was applied using the mid-year convention. The mid-year convention assumes that
cash flows are generated evenly throughout the year, as opposed to in a lump sum at the end of the year.
The Company lacks sufficient historical volatility of its stock price. Selected volatility is representative of expected future volatility and was based on the
historical and implied volatility of comparable publicly traded companies over a similar expected term.
The expected term represents the period that the Company’s stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. Given the Company’s relative
inexperience of significant exercise activity, the expected term assumptions were determined based on application of the simplified method of expected term
calculation by averaging the contractual life of option grants and the vesting period of such grants. This application, when coupled with the contractual life of 10
years and average vesting term of 4 years, creates an expected term of 6 years.
The Company has not paid and does not expect to pay dividends.
104
AVALARA, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The risk-free interest rate was based on the rate for a U.S. Trea sury zero-coupon issue with a term that closely approximates the expected life of the option
grant at the date nearest the option grant date.
Restricted
Stock
Units
The following table summarizes RSU activity for the Company’s stock-based compensation plans for 2018:
RSUs outstanding as of January 1, 2018
RSUs granted
RSUs vested
RSUs cancelled
RSUs outstanding as of December 31, 2018
Shares
— $
74,757
—
(333)
74,424 $
Weighted
Average
Grant Date Fair
Value Per Share
—
32.69
—
33.52
32.69
Stock-based compensation cost is recorded on a straight-line basis over the vesting term of each RSU grant based on the fair value of the Company’s
underlying common stock on the date of grant. As of December 31, 2018, $2.3 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to RSUs was expected to be
recognized over a period of approximately four years.
2018
Employee
Stock
Purchase
Plan
In April 2018, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted the 2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”). The ESPP became effective on June 15,
2018, the first trading day of the Company’s common stock. The ESPP is intended to qualify as an employee stock purchase plan under Section 423 of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Purchases will be accomplished through participation in discrete offering periods. The first offering period began on June 15,
2018 and ended on January 31, 2019. Future offering periods will begin on August 1 and February 1 (or such other date determined by the Company’s Board of
Directors or Compensation and Leadership Development Committee).
Under the ESPP, eligible employees can acquire shares of the Company’s common stock by accumulating funds through payroll deductions. Employees
generally are eligible to participate in the ESPP if they are a U.S. employee and are employed for at least 20 hours per week. The Company may impose additional
restrictions on eligibility. Eligible employees can select a rate of payroll deduction between 1% and 15% of their compensation. The purchase price for shares of
common stock purchased under the ESPP is 85% of the lesser of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on (i) the first day of the applicable
offering period or (ii) the last day of the purchase period in the applicable offering period. An employee’s participation automatically ends upon termination of
employment for any reason.
The Company initially reserved 996,709 shares of common stock for sale under the ESPP. The aggregate number of shares reserved for sale under the
ESPP increases automatically on each January 1, beginning January 1, 2019, by the number of shares equal to least of (i) 1,000,000 shares of common stock,
(ii) 1% of the aggregate number of shares of common stock outstanding on December 31st of the immediately preceding calendar year (rounded up to the nearest
whole share), and (iii) an amount determined by the Board of Directors. No more than an aggregate of 10,102,525 shares of common stock may be issued over the
ten-year term of the ESPP.
As of December 31, 2018, there was approximately $0.3 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation cost related to the ESPP that is expected to be
recognized over the remaining terms of the initial offering period that ended on January 31, 2019.
105
AVALARA, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For 2018 , the fair value of ESPP purchase rights was estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:
Fair value of common stock
Volatility
Expected term
Expected dividend yield
Risk-free interest rate
11.
Income
Taxes
Domestic and foreign components of loss before income tax are as follows (in thousands):
$
$
$
Domestic
Foreign
Total
Major components of the income tax provision (benefit) are as follows (in thousands):
Current:
Federal
State
Foreign
Total current income tax provision
Deferred:
Federal
State
Foreign
Total deferred income tax provision
Total
U.S.
Tax
Reform
December 31,
2018
$24.00 to $38.18
40%
0.5 years
n/a
2.90% to 2.96%
2018
(48,949) $
(27,577)
(76,526) $
December 31,
2017
(41,575) $
(23,770)
(65,345) $
2016
(54,743)
(2,505)
(57,248)
2018
December 31,
2017
2016
— $
—
317
317
(825)
64
(532)
(1,293)
— $
—
87
87
(368)
90
(1,028)
(1,306)
(1,219) $
—
—
552
552
435
38
(385)
88
640
$
(976) $
On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”).
The Tax Act made broad and complex changes to the U.S. tax code, including but not limited to, (1) reduction of the U.S. federal corporate tax rate, (2) requiring a
one-time transition tax on certain unrepatriated earnings of foreign subsidiaries, (3) a general elimination of U.S. federal income taxes on dividends from foreign
subsidiaries, and (4) a new provision designed to tax global intangible low-taxed income (GILTI), which allows for the possibility of using foreign tax credits
(FTCs) and a deduction of up to 50 percent to offset the income tax liability (subject to some limitations).
On December 22, 2017, the SEC staff issued SAB 118, which provides guidance on accounting for the tax effects of the Tax Act. SAB 118 provides a
measurement period that should not extend beyond one year from the Tax Act enactment date for companies to complete the accounting under ASC 740, Income
Taxes. The Company applied the guidance in SAB 118 when accounting for the enactment-date effects of the Act in 2017 and throughout 2018. As of December
31, 2017, the Company had not completed its accounting of all the enactment-date income tax effects of the Act, for the following areas: remeasurement of
deferred tax assets and liabilities, one-time transition tax, and tax on global intangible low-taxed income.
106
AVALARA, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of December 31, 2017, the Company remeasured certain deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the rates at which they were expected to reverse in
the future (which was generally 21%), by recording a provisional amount of $44.8 million, of which $0.7 million impacted deferred tax expense. The remainder of
the re-measurement was offset by a valuation allowance resulting in no impact to tax expense. During 2018, the Company adjusted the provisional amount to $0.9
million tax benefit, which is included a s a component of income tax expense from continuing operations. At December 31, 2018, the Company completed the
accounting for all of the enactment-date income tax effects of the Act .
The one-time transition tax is based on total post-1986 earnings and profits (“E&P”). Due to the overall accumulated E&P deficit at the measurement date,
the Company did not record a provisional amount for the one-time transition tax liability for each of the foreign subsidiaries. The Company finalized its
calculations of the transition tax liability during 2018 and confirmed its position of accumulated E&P deficit and did not record a tax liability for the one-time
transition tax.
The Act subjects a U.S. shareholder to tax on GILTI earned by certain foreign subsidiaries. An entity can make an accounting policy election to either
recognize deferred taxes for temporary basis differences expected to reverse as GILTI in future years or to provide for the tax expense related to GILTI in the year
the tax is incurred as a period expense only. Because the Company was evaluating the provision of GILTI as of December 31, 2017, no GILTI-related deferred
amounts were recorded in 2017. As of December 31, 2018, the Company has elected to account for GILTI in the year the tax is incurred as a period cost.
It is the Company’s intention to reinvest the earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries in those operations. As of December 31, 2018, the Company has not made a
provision for U.S. or additional foreign withholding taxes for any outside basis differences inherent in its investments in foreign subsidiaries that are indefinitely
reinvested. It is not practicable to estimate the amount of deferred tax liability related to investments in these foreign subsidiaries.
Reconciliation
of
Provision
(Benefit)
for
Income
Taxes
Major differences between the U.S. statutory rate (21% for 2018 and 35% for 2017 and 2016) and the effective tax rate are as follows (in thousands):
Tax at statutory rate
State taxes
Research and development credits
Changes in tax law
Stock-based compensation
Goodwill impairment
Foreign rate differential
Change in valuation allowance
Intercompany intangible asset sale
Other
Total
2018
December 31,
2017
2016
$
$
(16,071) $
(3,375)
(471)
—
(3,246)
3,119
(2,488)
20,006
1,811
(261)
(976) $
(22,871) $
(2,531)
(1,460)
(840)
(3,110)
2,903
1,815
21,644
—
3,231
(1,219) $
(20,156)
(1,863)
(793)
—
85
—
748
22,118
—
501
640
107
AVALARA, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Deferred
Tax
Assets
and
Liabilities
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets for financial reporting purposes and the
amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands):
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss carryforward
Share-based compensation
Deferred revenue
Research and development credit, net of uncertain tax position reserve
Other
Total deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities:
Definite lived intangibles
Other
Total deferred tax liabilities
Net deferred tax assets before valuation allowance
Valuation allowance
Net deferred tax liability
December 31,
2018
2017
$
91,529 $
8,219
2,186
4,182
7,134
113,250
(590)
(5,368)
(5,958)
107,292
(107,852)
$
(560) $
74,215
6,622
2,748
3,586
2,672
89,843
(2,137)
(1,714)
(3,851)
85,992
(87,846)
(1,854)
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”) of approximately $342.5 million and
$292.2 million, respectively, and state NOLs of approximately $219.2 million and $173.9 million, respectively. If not utilized, the federal and state NOLs will
expire in varying amounts beginning in 2024 for federal purposes and 2018 for state purposes. In addition, the Company has $49.3 million of net operating loss
carryforwards for federal income tax purposes that arose after the 2017 tax year, which are available to reduce future federal taxable income, if any, over an
indefinite period. The utilization of those net operating loss carryforwards is limited to 80% of taxable income in any given year. The Company recently performed
a Section 382 study to determine whether the use of its organically generated NOLs was subject to limitation and concluded that no Section 382 limitation would
apply. As of December 31, 2018, $1.1 million of the Company’s acquired federal NOLs were subject to Section 382 limitations. Future changes in the ownership of
the Company could further limit the Company’s ability to utilize its NOLs. The Company has U.S. research and development credit carryforwards of $9.1 million
as of December 31, 2018, which will begin to expire in 2030.
The Company has assessed its ability to realize its deferred tax assets and has recorded a valuation allowance against such assets to the extent that, based
on the weight of all available evidence, it is more likely than not that all or a portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In assessing the likelihood of
future realization of its deferred tax assets, the Company placed a significant amount of weight on its history of generating U.S. tax losses, including in the current
year. The increase in the valuation allowance each period was primarily related to U.S. federal and state tax losses incurred during the period.
Accounting
for
Uncertainty
in
Income
Taxes
The Company has established an accrual for uncertain tax positions related to its U.S. research and development credits and for the valuation of intellectual
property transferred between international entities. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had $4.1 million and $3.3 million of unrecognized tax
benefits, of which the total amount that would impact the effective tax rate, if recognized, is $0.2 million. The Company has not recorded any interest or penalties
related to its unrecognized tax benefits. However, any such amounts recorded in the future will be classified as a component of income tax expense. The Company
does not believe it is reasonably possible that its unrecognized tax benefits will significantly change in the next twelve months.
108
AVALARA, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):
Balance at January 1
Additions for tax positions related to the current year
Additions for tax positions related to prior years
Reductions for tax positions related to prior years
Reductions related to settlements
Reductions related to a lapse of statute
2018
$
Balance at December 31
$
December 31,
2017
2016
3,300 $
1,446
—
(628)
—
—
4,118 $
2,727 $
867
—
(294)
—
—
3,300 $
3,796
242
—
(1,311)
—
—
2,727
The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and various state and foreign jurisdictions. No U.S. federal income tax payments
were made due to the Company’s NOL position. The Company made income tax payments of $0.4 million, $0.4 million, and $0.3 million related to the operations
of its foreign subsidiaries for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. With limited exceptions, all tax years for which the Company has
filed a tax return remain open due to the existence of NOLs.
12.
Net
Loss
Per
Share
Attributable
to
Common
Shareholders
The Company calculates basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common shareholders in conformity with the two-class method required for
companies with participating securities. The Company considered all series of convertible preferred stock to be participating securities. Under the two-class
method, the net loss attributable to common shareholders was not allocated to the convertible preferred stock as the holders of convertible preferred stock did not
have a contractual obligation to share in losses.
The diluted net loss per share attributable to common shareholders is computed by giving effect to all potential dilutive common stock equivalents
outstanding for the period. For purposes of this calculation, all common stock equivalents have been excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share
attributable to common shareholders as their effect is antidilutive. As a result, basic and diluted net loss per common share was the same for each period presented.
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per common share (in thousands, except per share amounts):
Numerator:
Net loss attributable to common shareholders
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares outstanding-basic
Dilutive effect of share equivalents resulting from stock
options, common stock warrants and convertible
preferred shares (as converted)
Weighted-average common shares
outstanding-diluted
Net loss per common share, basic and diluted
2018
Year Ended December 31,
2017
2016
$
(75,550) $
(64,126) $
(57,888)
38,692
5,632
5,706
—
—
$
38,692
(1.95) $
5,632
(11.39) $
—
5,706
(10.15)
109
AVALARA, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The following weighted-average outstanding shares of common stock equivalents were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share
attributable to common shareholders for the periods presented because the impact of including them would have been antidilutive (in thousands):
Options to purchase common shares
Unvested restricted stock units
Employee stock purchase plan shares
Common stock warrants
Convertible preferred shares (as converted)
Preferred stock warrants
Total
13.
Subsequent
Events
2018
Year Ended December 31,
2017
2016
11,271
9
71
236
23,562
—
35,149
10,507
—
—
580
50,893
—
61,980
8,653
—
—
679
47,185
26
56,543
On January 10, 2019, the Company entered into an office lease agreement in Pune, India to replace several existing office leases, which expire
incrementally beginning in September 2019 through July 2022. Minimum lease payments over the 60-month lease term, which begins May 2019, are
approximately $7.3 million. Minimum lease payments do not include the Company’s proportionate share of any operating expenses. The lease agreement also
required a $0.8 million refundable security deposit.
On January 22, 2019, the Company acquired the operating assets of Compli, Inc., a provider of compliance services, technology, and software to
producers, distributors, and importers of alcoholic beverages in the United States. Total cash consideration for the purchase was $13.2 million at closing. The
purchase agreement provides for additional consideration of up to $4.0 million under an earnout provision. The earnout amount is based on revenue recognized by
the Company from the acquired operating assets for the twelve-month period ending January 31, 2020.
On February 6, 2019, the Company acquired intellectual property and other assets of Indix Corporation, an artificial intelligence company providing
comprehensive product descriptions for more than one billion products sold and shipped worldwide. Total cash consideration for the purchase was $7.1 million at
closing. The purchase agreement provides for additional consideration to be paid of up to $3.0 million under an earnout provision. The earnout amount is based on
the successful transition and achievement of development milestones established in the purchase agreement. These milestones conclude by February 6, 2020.
110
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements w ith Accou ntants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
None.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted
an evaluation (pursuant to Rule 13a-15(b) of the Exchange Act) of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under
the Exchange Act as of December 31 , 2018.
Disclosure controls and procedures are controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports
filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms.
Disclosure controls and procedures include controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our company’s reports filed
under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely
decisions regarding required disclosure.
Based on the evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure
controls and procedures were effective as of December 31 , 2018.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We are implementing an enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) system on a worldwide basis, which is expected to improve our transactional processing and
financial reporting by providing more automation and standardization. During the quarter ended December 31, 2018, we completed the implementation of the ERP
system in the U.S. We believe the implementation of the ERP system and related changes to internal controls will provide the ability to scale our business in the
future and enhance our internal controls over financial reporting. We believe we have taken the necessary steps to monitor and maintain appropriate internal
control over financial reporting during 2018 and will evaluate the operating effectiveness of related controls during subsequent periods.
There were no other changes in our internal control over financial reporting in connection with the evaluation required by Rules 13a-15(d) and 15d-
15(d) of the Exchange Act that occurred during the three months ended December 31, 2018 that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect,
our internal control over financial reporting.
Inherent Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls
Management recognizes that a control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the
objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls
must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all
control issues and instances of fraud or error, if any, have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision making can be
faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of a simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by
collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions
about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions;
over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of
the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.
Item 9B. Other Information.
None.
111
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.
PART III
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the relevant information from our Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our
2019 Annual Meeting of Shareholders within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018.
Item 11. Executive Compensation.
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the relevant information from our Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our
2019 Annual Meeting of Shareholders within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the relevant information from our Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our
2019 Annual Meeting of Shareholders within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the relevant information from our Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our
2019 Annual Meeting of Shareholders within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018.
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services.
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from our Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2019 Annual Meeting of
Shareholders within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018.
112
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.
PART IV
(a)
(1)
(2)
(3)
The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:
Consolidated Financial Statements
The financial statements filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K are listed in the “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” under
Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Financial Statement Schedules
All schedules are omitted as the required information is inapplicable or the information is presented in the consolidated financial statements or
notes to the consolidated financial statements under Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Exhibits
The documents listed in the Exhibit Index of this Annual Report on Form 10-K are incorporated by reference or are filed with this Annual Report
on Form 10-K, in each case as indicated therein (numbered in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K).
113
Exhibit
Number
3.1
3.2
4.1
Exhibit Index
Description
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q (File No. 001-38525) filed with the SEC on August 10, 2018)
Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File
No. 001-38525) filed with the SEC on August 10, 2018)
Form of Common Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File
No. 333-224850) filed with the SEC on June 4, 2018)
10.1+
Avalara, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, and related forms of award agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-224850) filed with the SEC on May 11, 2018)
10.2+
Taxcient, Inc. (f/k/a vAudit Group, Inc.) 2005 Stock Option Plan, as amended, and related forms of award agreement (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-224850) filed with the SEC on May 11, 2018)
10.3+
Avalara, Inc. 2018 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended and restated, (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-224850) filed with the SEC on May 11, 2018)
10.4+
Avalara, Inc. 2017 Leadership Bonus Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File
No. 333-224850) filed with the SEC on May 11, 2018)
10.5+
Avalara, Inc. 2018 Executive and Sales Leadership Bonus Plan and related forms of award agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to
the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-224850) filed with the SEC on May 11, 2018)
10.6+
Avalara, Inc. 2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended and restated, effective August 8, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2
to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-38525) filed with the SEC on August 10, 2018)
10.7+
10.8+
Form of Outside Director Common Stock Purchase Warrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement
on Form S-1 (File No. 333-224850) filed with the SEC on May 11, 2018)
Form of Indemnification Agreement made by and between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-224850) filed with the SEC on May 11, 2018)
10.9+
Executive Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Scott McFarlane dated June 19, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to
the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-224850) filed with the SEC on May 11, 2018)
10.10+
Executive Employment Agreement between the Registrant and William Ingram dated June 19, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to
the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-224850) filed with the SEC on May 11, 2018)
10.11+
Executive Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Alesia Pinney dated June 19, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to
the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-224850) filed with the SEC on May 11, 2018)
114
10.12+
Executive Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Pascal Van Dooren dated April 13, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.12 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-224850) filed with the SEC on May 11, 2018)
10.13
Loan and Security Agreement among the Registrant, Silicon Valley Bank, and Ally Bank dated June 6, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.13 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-224850) filed with the SEC on May 11, 2018)
10.14
10.15
10.16
First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement among the Registrant, Silicon Valley Bank, and Ally Bank dated April 28, 2017 (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-224850) filed with the SEC on May 11, 2018)
Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement among the Registrant, Silicon Valley Bank, and Ally Bank dated November 16, 2017
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-224850) filed with the SEC on
May 11, 2018)
Lease Agreement between W2007 Seattle Office Second and Spring Building Realty, LLC and Avalara, Inc. dated August 14, 2014 (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-224850) filed with the SEC on May 11, 2018)
10.17
Office Building Lease by and between 255 South King Street Limited Partnership and the Registrant dated June 9, 2016 (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-224850) filed with the SEC on May 11, 2018)
10.18
10.19
First Amendment of Office Building Lease by and between 255 South King Street Limited Partnership and the Registrant dated June 1, 2017
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-224850) filed with the SEC on
May 11, 2018)
Second Amendment of Office Building Lease by and between 255 South King Street Limited Partnership and the Registrant dated October 2,
2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-224850) filed with the SEC
on May 11, 2018)
10.20
Third Amendment of Office Building Lease by and between 255 South King Street Limited Partnership and the Registrant dated November 29,
2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-224850) filed with the SEC
on May 11, 2018)
10.21
10.22
Fourth Amendment of Office Building Lease by and between 255 South King Street Limited Partnership and the Registrant dated February 19,
2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-224850) filed with the SEC
on May 11, 2018)
Fifth Amendment of Office Building Lease by and between 255 South King Street Limited Partnership and the Registrant dated September 26,
2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-38525) filed with the SEC on
November 8, 2018)
10.23
Ninth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated September 12, 2016, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to
the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-224850) filed with the SEC on May 11, 2018)
10.24
Tenth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated September 12, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Registrant’s
Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-224850) filed with the SEC on May 11, 2018)
10.25*+
Executive Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Amit Mathradas dated January 6, 2019
21.1*
List of subsidiaries of the Registrant
115
23.1*
31.1*
Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Public Accounting Firm
Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted
Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.2*
Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted
Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.1*
Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002
32.2*
Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002
101.INS
101.SCH
101.CAL
101.DEF
101.LAB
101.PRE
XBRL Instance Document
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
*
+
Filed herewith.
Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary
None
116
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized .
SIGNATURES
Date: February 28, 2019
Avalara, Inc.
By:
/s/ Scott M. McFarlane
Scott M. McFarlane
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, and President
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of
the Registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Name
/s/ Scott M. McFarlane
Scott M. McFarlane
/s/ William D. Ingram
William D. Ingram
/s/ Daniel E. Manning
Daniel E. Manning
/s/ Marion R. Foote
Marion R. Foote
/s/ Edward A. Gilhuly
Edward A. Gilhuly
/s/ Benjamin J. Goux
Benjamin J. Goux
/s/ Tami L. Reller
Tami L. Reller
/s/ Justin L. Sadrian
Justin L. Sadrian
/s/ Rajeev Singh
Rajeev Singh
/s/ Chelsea R. Stoner
Chelsea R. Stoner
/s/ Gary L. Waterman
Gary L. Waterman
/s/ Kathleen M. Zwickert
Kathleen M. Zwickert
Director, Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, and President
(Principal Executive Officer)
Title
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
(Principal Financial Officer)
Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
117
Date
February 28, 2019
February 28, 2019
February 28, 2019
February 28, 2019
February 28, 2019
February 28, 2019
February 28, 2019
February 28, 2019
February 28, 2019
February 28, 2019
February 28, 2019
February 28, 2019
A VALARA , I NC .
E XECUTIVE E MPLOYMENT A GREEMENT
Exhibit 10.25
This Executive Employment Agreement (this “ Agreement
”) is entered into as of
January 6, 2019, by and between Amit Mathradas (“ Executive
”) and Avalara, Inc., a Washington corporation (the “ Company
”).
Certain capitalized terms in this Agreement have the meanings set forth in Appendix
A
attached to this Agreement, which is
incorporated into this Agreement in its entirety.
1.
EMPLOYMENT
1.1
Position
The Company agrees to employ Executive, and Executive agrees to accept employment by the Company, as its President and
Chief Operating Officer and report to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. Subject to Section 3.3, changes may be made from time to
time by the Company in its sole discretion to the duties, reporting relationships and title of Executive. Executive will perform the duties as
are commensurate and consistent with Executive’s position and will devote Executive’s full working time, attention and efforts to the
Company and to discharging the responsibilities of Executive’s position, and such other duties as may be assigned from time to time by
the Company that relate to the business of the Company and are reasonably consistent with Executive’s position. Executive agrees to
comply with the Company’s standard policies and procedures, including the Company’s Proprietary Information and Inventions
Agreement, and with all applicable laws and regulations.
1.2
Outside Activities
During Executive’s employment, Executive will not engage in any business activity that, in the reasonable judgment of the
Board of Directors, conflicts with the duties of Executive under this Agreement, whether or not such activity is pursued for gain, profit or
other advantage. During Executive’s employment, Executive further agrees not to assist any person or organization in competing with the
Company, in preparing to compete with the Company or in hiring any employees of the Company. In signing this Agreement, Executive
warrants that Executive is available to perform his duties at the Company without restriction, conflict of interest or breach of any contract
or obligation Executive may have entered into with a third party (such as a former employer).
1.3
Term
Unless earlier terminated as provided in this Agreement, the term of this Agreement shall begin on Executive’s first day of
employment with Avalara (the “ Effective
Date
”) and terminate four years from the Effective Date.
2.
COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS
The Company agrees to pay or cause to be paid to Executive and Executive agrees to accept in exchange for the services
rendered hereunder the following compensation and benefits:
2.1
Annual Salary
Executive’s compensation shall consist of an annual base salary (the “ Salary
”) of $450,000, payable in semi-monthly
installments in accordance with the payroll practices of the Company. The Salary may be subject to periodic change while Executive is
employed hereunder.
2.2
Bonus and Equity Awards
(a)
Bonus . Executive shall be eligible to participate in the Company’s incentive bonus plans as may be adopted from
time to time by the Board of Directors (or the Compensation and Leadership Development Committee thereof (the “
Committee
”)), subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of such plans. Executive shall be eligible to receive
an annual target bonus of 80% of Salary.
(b) Equity Awards
(i) Restricted Stock Units . Subject to the approval of the Board of Directors (or the
Committee), Executive will be granted restricted stock units (“ RSUs
”) to acquire shares of the Company’s Common Stock under the
Company’s 2018 Equity Incentive Plan. The terms of the RSU grant will be detailed under separate cover. Subject to Board (or
Committee approval), the number of RSUs granted to Executive will be equal to $4,200,000, divided by the average closing price of the
Company’s Common Stock during the calendar month preceding the grant date of the RSUs. The RSUs will vest 20% on each of the first,
second and third anniversaries of the vesting commencement date and 40% on the fourth anniversary of the vesting commencement date
(which vesting commencement date will be the fifth day of the month in which the grant is approved), subject to Executive’s continued
employment or service on each vest date. Following a vest date, Executive will receive one share of Common Stock for each vested RSU.
(ii) Stock Options . Subject to the approval of the Board of Directors (or the Committee),
Executive will be granted a stock option to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock under the Company’s 2018 Equity
Incentive Plan. The number of shares subject to the stock option will be determined as of the grant date, based on a target equity value as
of such date of
$1,800,000 and converted to a number of shares in a manner based on the Company’s financial accounting valuations for stock options.
The exercise price for each share will be equal to the closing price of one share of Common Stock, as reported on the New York Stock
Exchange on the grant date. The terms of the stock option grant will be detailed under separate cover. The stock option will vest in
accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board of Directors (or the Committee) but the standard employee vesting is a
1 year cliff with 25% vesting and then 1/48 (of the original amount) vesting each month thereafter for the next 36 months, subject to
continued employment or service on each vest date.
(ii) Additional RSU’s and Stock Options . The parties acknowledge and intend that Executive will be eligible
to receive additional equity awards annually during Executive’s employment, based on the recommendation of the Chief
Executive Officer and approval of the Board of Directors (or the Committee).
2.3
Benefits
-2-
Executive shall be eligible to participate, subject to and in accordance with applicable eligibility requirements, in such
employee benefit plans, policies, programs and arrangements as are generally provided to the Company’s other similarly situated
executives, which shall include, at a minimum, basic health, dental and vision insurance.
2.4
Vacation and Other Paid Time-Off Benefits
Each calendar year, Executive shall be entitled to at least four (4) weeks of paid vacation and sick days per year, in accordance
with the plans, policies, programs and arrangements of the Company applicable to similarly situated executives of the Company
generally; notwithstanding, Executive also shall be provided such holidays as the Company makes available to all of its other employees.
2.5
Sign on Bonus
Provided Executive accepts this offer, the Company will pay to Executive a one-time signing bonus in the amount of $300,000,
less deductions required by law (the “ Signing
Bonus
”), payable in two installments. Fifty percent (50%) of the Signing Bonus will be
paid on your first regularly scheduled payroll date after the Effective Date, and the remaining 50% will be paid on the first regularly
scheduled payroll date in September 2019. Should the Company terminate Executive’s employment for Cause or should Executive choose
to leave or announce his intention to leave the Company for any reason other than Good Reason, in either case prior to the one-year
anniversary of the Effective Date, Executive will be obligated to return to the Company the entire Signing Bonus previously paid to him
and will cease to be eligible to receive any then unpaid portion of the Signing Bonus. Should the Company terminate Executive’s
employment without Cause or Executive terminate with Good Reason, Executive will not be required to return to the Company any
portion of the Signing Bonus previously paid to him.
2.6
Relocation
Executive shall be entitled to relocation assistance of up to $100,000 to cover the moving expenses of household goods,
temporary housing, lease termination and/or other miscellaneous relocation expenses as appropriate. Executive shall be required to
provide receipts and documentation for relocation expenses in accordance with the Company’s regular accounting and relocation policies.
3.
TERMINATION
3.1
Employment at Will
Executive acknowledges and understands that employment with the Company is at will and can be terminated by either party
for no reason or for any reason not otherwise specifically prohibited by law. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to alter Executive’s at-
will employment status or obligate the Company to continue to employ Executive for any specific period of time, or in any specific role
or geographic location. Except as expressly provided for in this Agreement, upon any termination of employment, Executive shall not be
entitled to receive any payments or benefits under this Agreement other than unpaid Salary earned through the date of termination and
unused vacation that has accrued as of the date of Executive’s termination of employment that would be payable under the Company’s
standard policy.
-3-
3.2
Automatic Termination on Death or Total Disability
This Agreement and Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate automatically upon the death or Total Disability of
Executive. “ Total
Disability
” shall mean Executive’s inability, with reasonable accommodation, to perform the duties of Executive’s
position for a period or periods aggregating ninety (90) days in any period of one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days as a result of
physical or mental illness, loss of legal capacity or any other cause beyond Executive’s control. Executive and the Company hereby
acknowledge that Executive’s ability to perform Executive’s duties is the essence of this Agreement. Termination hereunder shall be
deemed to be effective (a) at the end of the calendar month in which Executive’s death occurs or (b) immediately upon a determination by
the Board of Directors (or the Committee) of Executive’s Total Disability. In the case of termination of employment under this Section
3.2, Executive shall not be entitled to receive any payments or benefits under this Agreement other than unpaid Salary earned through the
date of termination and unused vacation that has accrued as of the date of Executive’s termination of employment that would be payable
under the Company’s standard policy.
3.3
Termination of Employment Without Cause or for Good Reason
(a)
If (1) the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause or
(2) Executive resigns for Good Reason, (both as defined in Appendix A), then Executive shall be entitled to receive the following
termination payments and benefits; provided, however, that this Section 3.3 shall not apply to, and shall have no effect in
connection with, any termination to which Section 3.2 of this Agreement applies:
(i)
an amount equal to twelve (12) months’ Salary at the rate in effect immediately prior to termination (or, if Executive
terminates employment for Good Reason due to a material reduction in Executive’s then-in-effect base Salary, immediately
prior to such reduction); provided, however, that in the event such termination occurs within twelve (12) months following a
Change in Control, such amount shall be equal to eighteen (18) months’ Salary, such amount payable to Executive in
accordance with the terms below;
in the event such termination occurs within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control, an amount equal to
Executive’s target B onus for the calendar year in which such termination occurs, such amount pro-rated for the number of full
months worked in such calendar year prior to termination and payable to Executive in accordance with the terms below;
if Executive and his spouse and eligible children are entitled to, and timely (and properly) elect to, continue their
coverage (or the coverage of any one of them) under the Company’s group health plans pursuant to Section 4980B of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“ COBRA
”), the Company shall pay the premiums (or reimburse Executive for
any premiums paid by Executive (or Executive’s spouse or eligible children)) for such COBRA continuation coverage for a
period of six (6) months following the last day of the month containing Executive’s date of termination (“ COBRA
Continuation
Date
”) or until Executive is no longer entitled to COBRA continuation coverage under the Company’s group
health plans, whichever period is shorter; provided, however, that in the event such termination occurs within twelve (12)
months following a Change in Control, such COBRA continuation coverage shall be for a period of twelve (12) months
following the COBRA Continuation Date or until Executive is no longer entitled to COBRA continuation coverage under the
group health plans of the Company or, if applicable, those of a Successor Company, whichever period is shorter.
Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company may unilaterally amend
this Section 3.3(a)(iii) or eliminate the benefit
(ii)
(iii)
-4-
provided hereunder to the extent it deems necessary to avoid the imposition of excise taxes, penalties or similar charges on the Company or
any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, including, without limitation, under Section 4980D of the Code;
(iv)
in the event such termination occurs within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control, full acceleration of
Executive’s then unvested equity awards that vest based on continued employment or service (the payments and benefits set
forth in Section 3.3(a)(i)-
(iv) are collectively referred to herein as “ Severance
Payments
”); and
(v)
unpaid Salary earned through the date of termination and unused vacation that has accrued and would be payable
under the Company’s standard policy (collectively, the “ Accrued
Obligations
”), payable in a lump sum on the next regularly
scheduled payroll date following the date on which Executive’s employment terminated.
(b)
As a condition to receiving the payments and benefits under this Section 3.3 other than the Accrued Obligations,
Executive must timely execute (and not revoke within the applicable revocation period specified therein) a general release and
waiver of claims against the Company, which release and waiver shall be in a form acceptable to the Company, and in
substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix
B
(the “ Release
”). To be timely, the Release must become effective (i.e.,
Executive must have executed the Release and any revocation period must have expired without Executive’s revoking the
Release) no later than sixty (60) days (or such earlier date specified in the Release) after the latter of Executive’s date of
termination or the Company’s provision of the execution copy of the Release document (the “ Release
Deadline
”). If the
Release does not become effective and irrevocable by the Release Deadline, Executive will not have any right or entitlement
to any of the Severance Payments described in this Section 3.3. In addition, payment of the amounts and benefits under this
Section 3.3 is contingent on Executive’s full and continued compliance with the Company’s Proprietary Information and
Inventions Agreement, as the same may be amended from time to time.
(c)
Notwithstanding the foregoing, termination of employment by Executive will not be for Good Reason unless (1)
Executive notifies the Company in writing of the existence of the condition that Executive believes constitutes Good Reason
within thirty (30) days of the initial existence of such condition (which notice specifically identifies such condition), (2) the
Company fails to remedy such condition within fifteen (15) days after the date on which it receives such notice (the “ Remedial
Period
”), and (3) Executive actually terminates employment within thirty (30) days after the expiration of the Remedial
Period and before the Company remedies such condition.
Subject to Section 3.3(b), Severance Payments to which Executive becomes entitled under Sections 3.3(a)(i) and (ii)
shall be made to Executive in approximately equal installments through the Company’s regularly scheduled payroll during the
twelve (12) or, if applicable, eighteen (18) month period immediately following Executive’s date of termination. Severance
Payments shall commence on the first regularly scheduled payroll date following the date on which Executive’s Release
becomes effective; provided, however, that if the maximum period during which Executive can consider and revoke the
Release begins in one calendar year and ends in the subsequent calendar year, payments shall not be made or commence to be
made until the later of the effective date of Executive’s Release and the first business day of such subsequent calendar year,
regardless of when Executive’s Release becomes effective. The first such Severance Payment shall include payment of all
amounts that otherwise would have been paid under Sections 3.3(a)(i) and (ii) prior to such date had such payments
commenced as of the first regularly scheduled payroll date occurring immediately after Executive’s date of termination, and
any payments made thereafter shall continue as provided herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any payments and benefits
payable pursuant to Section 3.3(a)
(d)
-5-
constitute a “deferral of compensation” subject to Code Section 409A (after taking into account, to the maximum extent possible, any
applicable exemptions), then the applicable provisions of Section 13 shall apply.
3.4
Code Section 280G
(a)
Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that Executive becomes entitled to receive
or receives any payment or benefit under this Agreement or under any other plan, agreement or arrangement with the
Company, any person whose actions result in a Change in Control or any other person affiliated with the Company or such
person (all such payments and benefits being referred to herein as the “ Total
Payments
”) and it is determined that any of the
Total Payments will be subject to any excise tax pursuant to Code Section 4999, or any similar or successor provision (the “
Excise
Tax
”), the Company shall pay to Executive either (1) the full amount of the Total Payments or (2) an amount equal to
the Total Payments, reduced by the minimum amount necessary to prevent any portion of the Total Payments from being an
“excess parachute payment” (within the meaning of Code Section 280G) (the “ Capped
Payments
”), whichever of the
foregoing amounts results in the receipt by Executive, on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of Total Payments
notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Total Payments may be subject to the Excise Tax. For purposes of determining
whether Executive would receive a greater after-tax benefit from the Capped Payments than from receipt of the full amount of
the Total Payments, (i) there shall be taken into account any Excise Tax and all applicable federal, state and local taxes
required to be paid by Executive in respect of the receipt of such payments and (ii) such payments shall be deemed to be
subject to federal income taxes at the highest rate of federal income taxation applicable to individuals that is in effect for the
calendar year in which the effective date of the Change in Control occurs, and state and local income taxes at the highest rate
of taxation applicable to individuals in the state and locality of Executive’s residence on the effective date of the Change in
Control, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes that could be obtained from deduction of such state and local
taxes (as determined by assuming that such deduction is subject to the maximum limitation applicable to itemized deductions
under Code Section 68 and any other limitations applicable to the deduction of state and local income taxes under the Code).
(b)
All computations and determinations called for by this Section 3.4 shall be made by a reputable independent public
accounting firm or independent tax counsel appointed by the Company (the “ Firm
”). All determinations made by the Firm
under this Section 3.4 shall be conclusive and binding on both the Company and Executive, and the Firm shall provide its
determinations and any supporting calculations to the Company and Executive within ten (10) business days after Executive’s
employment terminates under any of the circumstances described in Section 3.3, or such earlier time as is requested by the
Company. For purposes of making its determinations under this Section 3.4, the Firm may rely on reasonable, good faith
interpretations concerning the application of Code Sections 280G and 4999. The Company and Executive shall furnish to the
Firm such information and documents as the Firm may reasonably request in making its determinations. The Company shall
bear all fees and expenses charged by the Firm in connection with its services.
(c)
In the event that Section 3.4(a) applies and a reduction is required to be applied to the Total Payments thereunder, the
Total Payments shall be reduced by the Company in its reasonable discretion in the following order: (1)
reduction of any Total Payments that are subject to Code Section 409A on a pro-rata basis or such other manner that
complies with Code Section 409A, as determined by the Company, and (2) reduction
of any Total Payments that are exempt from Code Section 409A.
-6-
4.
ASSIGNMENT
This Agreement is personal to Executive and shall not be assignable by Executive. The Company may assign its rights
hereunder to (a) any other corporation or entity resulting from any merger, consolidation or other reorganization to which the Company is
a party; (b) any other corporation, partnership, association or other person to which the Company may transfer all or substantially all of
the assets and business of the Company existing at such time; or (c) any subsidiary, parent or other affiliate of the Company. All of the
terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and
their respective successors and permitted assigns.
5.
AMENDMENTS IN WRITING
No amendment, modification, waiver, termination or discharge of any provision of this Agreement, or consent to any departure
therefrom by either party hereto, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing, specifically identifying this Agreement
and the provision intended to be amended, modified, waived, terminated or discharged and signed by the Company and Executive, and
each such amendment, modification, waiver, termination or discharge shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific
purpose for which given. No provision of this Agreement shall be varied, contradicted or explained by any oral agreement, course of
dealing or performance or any other matter not set forth in an agreement in writing and signed by the Company and Executive.
6.
NOTICES
Every notice relating to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given by personal delivery, by a reputable same-day or
overnight courier service (charges prepaid), by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) or by facsimile to
the recipient with a confirmation copy to follow the next day to be delivered by personal delivery or by a reputable same- day or
overnight courier service to the appropriate party’s address or fax number below (or such other address and fax number as a party may
designate by notice to the other parties):
If to the Company:
255 S. King Street, Suite 1800
Seattle, WA 98104 Attn:
General Counsel
If to Executive:
Address on record at the Company
7.
APPLICABLE LAW
This Agreement shall in all respects, including all matters of construction, validity and performance, be governed by, and
construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Washington, without regard to any rules governing conflicts of laws.
8.
ENTIRE AGREEMENT
This Agreement, on and as of the Effective Date, constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and Executive with
respect to the subject matter hereof, and all prior or contemporaneous oral or written communications, understandings or agreements
between the Company and Executive with respect to such subject matter are hereby superseded in their entirety, except as otherwise
provided herein.
-7-
9.
SEVERABILITY
If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule
in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or any action in
any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or
unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.
10.
WAIVERS
No delay or failure by any party hereto in exercising, protecting, or enforcing any of its rights, titles, interests, or remedies
hereunder, and no course of dealing or performance with respect thereto, shall constitute a waiver thereof. The express waiver by a party
hereto of any right, title, interest, or remedy in a particular instance or circumstance shall not constitute a waiver thereof in any other
instance or circumstance. All rights and remedies shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights or remedies.
11.
HEADINGS
All headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not in any way affect the construction of, or be taken into
consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.
12.
COUNTERPARTS
This Agreement, and any amendment or modification entered into pursuant to Section 5, may be executed in any number of
counterparts, each of which counterparts, when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original and all of which counterparts,
taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument.
13.
CODE SECTION 409A
The Company makes no representations or warranties to Executive with respect to any tax, economic or legal consequences of
this Agreement or any payments or other benefits provided hereunder, including without limitation under Code Section 409A, and no
provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted or construed to transfer any liability for failure to comply with Code Section 409A from
Executive or any other individual to the Company or any of its affiliates. Executive, by executing this Agreement, shall be deemed to
have waived any claim against the Company and its affiliates with respect to any such tax, economic or legal consequences. However, the
parties intend that this Agreement and the payments and benefits provided hereunder be exempt from the requirements of Code Section
409A, and the rules and regulations issued thereunder, to the maximum extent possible, whether pursuant to the short-
term deferral exception described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4), the involuntary separation pay plan exception
described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii), or otherwise. To the extent Code Section 409A is applicable to this
Agreement, the parties intend that this Agreement and any payments and benefits hereunder comply with the deferral, payout and other
limitations and restrictions imposed under Code Section 409A so as to avoid the imputation of any tax, penalty or interest under Code
Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Agreement shall be construed, interpreted, operated and administered
in a manner consistent with such intentions. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and notwithstanding any other provision of
this Agreement to the contrary:
-8-
(a)
To the extent Code Section 409A is applicable to this Agreement, a termination of employment shall not be deemed
to have occurred for purposes of any provision of this Agreement providing for the payment of amounts or benefits upon or
following a termination of employment unless such termination constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of
Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)(1), without regard to the optional alternative definitions available thereunder (a “
Separation
from
Service
”), and, for purposes of any such provision of this Agreement, references to “terminate,”
“termination,” “termination of employment,” “resigns” and like terms shall mean Separation from Service.
(b)
If Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(i) as of the date
of Executive’s Separation from Service, Executive shall not be entitled to any payment or benefit on account of Executive’s
Separation from Service, until the earlier of (1) the date that is six (6) months after Executive’s Separation from Service for
any reason other than death or (2) the date of Executive’s death. The provisions of this Section 3(b) shall only apply if, and to
the extent, required to avoid the imputation of any tax, penalty or interest pursuant to Code Section 409A on Executive. Any
amounts otherwise payable to Executive upon or in the six (6) month period following Executive’s Separation from Service
that are not so paid by reason of this Section 13(b) shall be paid (without interest) as soon as practicable (and in all events
within thirty (30) days) after the date that is six (6) months after Executive’s Separation from Service (or, if earlier, as soon as
practicable, and in all events within thirty (30) days, after the date of Executive’s death).
(c)
(d)
Each payment made under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate payment and the right to a series of
installment payments under this Agreement, including, without limitation, under Section 3.3, shall be treated as a right to a
series of separate and distinct payments.
With regard to any provision in this Agreement that provides for reimbursement of expenses or in-kind benefits
(except for any expense, reimbursement or in-kind benefit provided pursuant to this Agreement that does not constitute a
“deferral of compensation,” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)), (i) the amount of expenses
eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided, during any calendar year shall not affect the expenses eligible for
reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, in any other calendar year, (ii) such payment shall be made within thirty
(30) days following the submission of appropriate documentation required by the Company and in no event later than the last
day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense was incurred, and (iii) the right to reimbursement or
in-kind benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
14.
EMPLOYMENT TAXES
All payments made pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to withholding of all applicable income, employment and other
taxes.
-9-
(Signature
Page
Follows)
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed and entered into this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.
/s/ Amit Mathradas
-10-
EXECUTIVE:
Amit Mathradas
COMPANY:
AVALARA, INC.
By: /s/ Alesia Pinney
A PPENDIX A D
EFINITIONS
Capitalized terms used below that are not defined in this Appendix
A
have the meanings set forth in the Executive Employment
Agreement (the “ Agreement
”) to which this Appendix
A
is attached. As used in the Agreement,
1. “ Cause
” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
Executive’s gross negligence with respect to the business and affairs of the Company;
Executive’s willful disregard or neglect of Executive’s duties, including Executive’s violation of any material
Company policy that continues for a period of ten (10) days following written notice thereof by the Company to Executive;
Executive’s act, or omission to act, intended to cause harm or damage to the business, property, operations, financial
condition or reputation of the Company;
Executive’s material breach of any of the provisions of any written agreement between Executive and the Company
breach that is not cured, to the extent susceptible to cure, within thirty (30) days after the Company has given written notice to
Executive describing such breach;
Executive’s commission of any act of embezzlement, fraud, theft and/or financial dishonesty with respect to the
Company, including without limitation misappropriation of funds, properties and/or assets;
Executive’s breach of Executive’s fiduciary obligations, or disloyalty, to the Company;
Executive’s material breach of the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement between Executive and the
Company; or
(viii)
Executive’s conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony or a crime involving theft, fraud,
dishonesty, misrepresentation or sexual harassment.
The existence or non-existence of Cause shall be determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors.
2. “ Change
in
Control
” has the meaning of “Change in Control” as defined in the Company’s 2018 Equity Incentive Plan.
3. “ Code
” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
4. “ Effective
Date
” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.3 of the Agreement.
A- 1
5. “ Good
Reason
” means, without Executive’s express, written consent:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
any material breach by the Company of the Agreement;
a material reduction in Executive’s level of responsibility, duties or authority;
a material reduction in Executive’s then-in-effect base salary (other than a reduction that is equal in percentage to, or
smaller than, that imposed upon other executives in the Company); or
relocation of Executive’s principal office to a location more than fifty (50) miles from Executive’s then-current
principal office.
6. “ Severance
Payments
” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a)(iv) of the Agreement.
7. “ Successor
Company”
means the surviving company or successor company (or parent company thereof) in connection with a
Change in Control. References to “Company” in the Agreement with respect to Severance Payments payable following a qualifying
termination of employment following a Change in Control shall also include a Successor Company, as applicable.
A- 2
A PPENDIX B
F ORM OF W ASHINGTON R ELEASE
In consideration for the payments and benefits to be provided pursuant to Section 3.3 of the Executive Employment Agreement
(“
between
(“ Executive
”) and Avalara, Inc., a Washington corporation (the “ Company
”), with an effective date of ________, Executive agrees to
the following:
Agreement
entered
into
and
by
”)
(a)
Executive represents that Executive has not filed any complaints, charges or lawsuits against the Company with any
governmental agency or any court or before any arbitrator. To the extent prohibited by law, this paragraph does not prevent
Executive from filing a charge or complaint or participating in government investigations. Nothing in this Release (this “
Release
”) is intended to or will be used in any way to limit Executive’s rights to communicate with a governmental agency,
as provided for, protected under or warranted by applicable law. By signing this Release, Executive is waiving Executive’s
right to recover any individual relief (including back pay, front pay, reinstatement or other legal or equitable relief) in any
charge, complaint, or lawsuit or other proceeding brought by Executive or on Executive’s behalf by any third party, except for
any right Executive may have to receive a payment from a governmental agency (and not the Company) for information
provided to the governmental agency. Executive understands that he may not be held criminally or civilly liable under any
federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that: (1) is made (x) in confidence to a federal, state, or local
government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney and (y) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a
suspected violation of law; or (2) is made in a complaint or other document that is filed under seal in a lawsuit or other
proceeding.
(b)
Executive expressly waives all claims against the Company and releases the Company, and any of the Company’s
past, present or future parent, affiliated, related, and/or subsidiary entities, and all of the past and present directors,
shareholders, officers, general or limited partners, employees, agents, and attorneys, and agents and representatives of such
entities, and employee benefit plans in which Executive is or has been a participant by virtue of his or her employment with the
Company (collectively, the “ Releasees
”), from any claims that Executive may have against the Company or the Releasees. It
is understood that this Release includes, but is not limited to, any claims arising directly or indirectly out of, relating to, or in
any other way involving in any manner whatsoever, (1) Executive’s employment with the Company or its subsidiaries or the
termination thereof or (2) Executive’s status at any time as a holder of any securities of the Company, including any claims for
wages, stock or stock options, employment benefits or damages of any kind whatsoever arising out of any contracts, express or
implied, any covenant of good faith and fair dealing, express or implied, any legal restriction on the Company’s right to
terminate employment, or any federal, state or other governmental statute or ordinance, including, without limitation, the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the federal Age Discrimination
in Employment Act, the Americans With Disabilities Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the Washington Law Against
Discrimination Act, the Washington Family and Parental Leave Act, or any other legal limitation on the employment
relationship; provided, however, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, that this Release shall not extend to
(i) benefit claims under employee pension benefit plans in which Executive is a participant by virtue of Executive’s
employment with the Company or its subsidiaries or to benefit claims under employee welfare benefit plans for occurrences
(e.g., medical care, death, or onset of disability) arising after the execution of this Release by Executive, (ii) Executive’s rights
to severance pay and benefits under the Agreement; (iii) any claims Executive may have for indemnification pursuant to law,
contract or Company policy, (iv) any claims for coverage under any applicable
B- 1
directors’ and officers’ insurance policy in accordance with the terms of such policy, or (v) any claims arising from events that occur after
the date Executive signs this Release.
Executive
understands
that
this
Release
includes
a
release
of
claims
arising
under
the
Age
Discrimination
in
Employment
Act
(ADEA).
Executive
understands
and
warrants
that
Executive
has
been
given
a
period
of
twenty-one
(21)
days
to
review
and
consider
this
Release
or
forty-five
(45)
days
if
Executive’s
termination
is
part
of
a
group
reduction
in
force.
Executive
further
warrants
that
Executive
understands
that,
with
respect
to
the
release
of
age
discrimination
claims
only,
Executive
has
a
period
of
seven
(7)
days
after
execution
of
this
Release
to
revoke
the
release
of
age
discrimination
claims
by
notice
in
writing
to
the
Company.
(A)
(B)
(C)
EXECUTIVE ACKNOWLEDGES ALL OF THE FOLLOWING:
I HAVE CAREFULLY READ AND HAVE VOLUNTARILY SIGNED THIS RELEASE;
I FULLY UNDERSTAND THE FINAL AND BINDING EFFECT OF THIS RELEASE, INCLUDING THE
WAIVER OF CLAIMS UNDER THE AGE DISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT ACT; AND
PRIOR TO SIGNING THIS RELEASE, I HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF MY RIGHT TO CONSULT, AND
HAVE BEEN GIVEN ADEQUATE TIME TO REVIEW MY LEGAL RIGHTS, WITH AN ATTORNEY OF MY
CHOICE.
Executive Signature
Executive Name (Print)
Date
B- 2
Subsidiaries of Avalara, Inc.
Exhibit 21.1
Jurisdiction of Organization
Name of Subsidiary
Avalara Technologies Private Limited
Avalara EU Holdings UK Limited
Avalara Europe Ltd.
VAT Applications NV
VAT House Services NV
AvaFuel, LLC
Avalara Brasil – Assessoria e Consultoria Tributária e Tecnológica Ltda.
AFTC, Inc.
AFTC Fiscal Services UK Ltd.
AFT France SAS
AFT Italy S.r.l.
Avalara FT Poland Sp. z o.o
AFT Niaps SL
Avalara Canada ULC
India
UK
UK
Belgium
Belgium
Delaware
Brazil
Washington State
UK
France
Italy
Poland
Spain
Canada
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No. 333-225651 on Form S-8 of our report dated February 28, 2019, relating to the financial
statements of Avalara, Inc. and subsidiaries appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Avalara, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2018 .
Exhibit 23.1
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Seattle, Washington
February 28, 2019
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
Exhibit 31.1
I, Scott McFarlane, certify that:
1.
2.
3.
4.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Avalara, Inc.;
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements
made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange
Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:
(a)
(b )
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure
that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities,
particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness
of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
( c ) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal
quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect,
the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a)
(b)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely
to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over
financial reporting.
Date: February 28, 2019
By:
/s/ Scott McFarlane
Scott McFarlane
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, and President
(Principal Executive Officer)
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
Exhibit 31.2
I, William D. Ingram, certify that:
1.
2.
3.
4.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Avalara, Inc.;
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements
made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange
Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:
(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure
that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities,
particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
( b )
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness
of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
( c ) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal
quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect,
the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a)
(b)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely
to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over
financial reporting.
Date: February 28, 2019
By:
/s/ William D. Ingram
William D. Ingram
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
(Principal Financial Officer)
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
Exhibit 32.1
In connection with the Annual Report of Avalara, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2018 as filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002, that:
(1)
(2)
The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Date: February 28, 2019
By:
/s/ Scott McFarlane
Scott McFarlane
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, and President
(Principal Executive Officer)
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
Exhibit 32.2
In connection with the Annual Report of Avalara, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2018 as filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002, that:
(1)
(2)
The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Date: February 28, 2019
By:
/s/ William D. Ingram
William D. Ingram
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
(Principal Financial Officer)